[go: up one dir, main page]

US20150031106A1 - Hcv protease inhibitors and uses thereof - Google Patents

Hcv protease inhibitors and uses thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20150031106A1
US20150031106A1 US14/293,444 US201414293444A US2015031106A1 US 20150031106 A1 US20150031106 A1 US 20150031106A1 US 201414293444 A US201414293444 A US 201414293444A US 2015031106 A1 US2015031106 A1 US 2015031106A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
group
ring
optionally substituted
substituted
nrc
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US14/293,444
Inventor
Deqiang Niu
Russell C. Petter
Juswinder Singh
Arthur F. Kluge
Lixin Qiao
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Celgene Avilomics Research Inc
Original Assignee
Celgene Avilomics Research Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US12/339,770 external-priority patent/US8778877B2/en
Application filed by Celgene Avilomics Research Inc filed Critical Celgene Avilomics Research Inc
Priority to US14/293,444 priority Critical patent/US20150031106A1/en
Publication of US20150031106A1 publication Critical patent/US20150031106A1/en
Assigned to AVILA THERAPEUTICS, INC. reassignment AVILA THERAPEUTICS, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: NIU, DEQIANG, KLUGE, ARTHUR F., PETTER, RUSSELL C., QIAO, LIXIN, SINGH, JUSWINDER
Assigned to CELGENE AVILOMICS RESEARCH, INC. reassignment CELGENE AVILOMICS RESEARCH, INC. CHANGE OF NAME (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: AVILA THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Priority to US15/202,501 priority patent/US20170137463A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/08—Tripeptides
    • C07K5/0802—Tripeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
    • C07K5/0804—Tripeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic
    • C07K5/081—Tripeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic the side chain containing O or S as heteroatoms, e.g. Cys, Ser
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/02—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing at least one abnormal peptide link
    • C07K5/0202—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing at least one abnormal peptide link containing the structure -NH-X-X-C(=0)-, X being an optionally substituted carbon atom or a heteroatom, e.g. beta-amino acids
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/06—Dipeptides
    • C07K5/06139—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being heterocyclic
    • C07K5/06165—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being heterocyclic and Pro-amino acid; Derivatives thereof
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/08—Tripeptides
    • C07K5/0802—Tripeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
    • C07K5/0804—Tripeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/08—Tripeptides
    • C07K5/0802—Tripeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
    • C07K5/0804—Tripeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic
    • C07K5/0806—Tripeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic the side chain containing 0 or 1 carbon atoms, i.e. Gly, Ala
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/08—Tripeptides
    • C07K5/0802—Tripeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
    • C07K5/0804—Tripeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic
    • C07K5/0808—Tripeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic the side chain containing 2 to 4 carbon atoms, e.g. Val, Ile, Leu
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/08—Tripeptides
    • C07K5/0802—Tripeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
    • C07K5/0812—Tripeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aromatic or cycloaliphatic
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/08—Tripeptides
    • C07K5/0815—Tripeptides with the first amino acid being basic
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/08—Tripeptides
    • C07K5/0821—Tripeptides with the first amino acid being heterocyclic, e.g. His, Pro, Trp
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N9/00—Enzymes; Proenzymes; Compositions thereof; Processes for preparing, activating, inhibiting, separating or purifying enzymes
    • C12N9/14—Hydrolases (3)
    • C12N9/48—Hydrolases (3) acting on peptide bonds (3.4)
    • C12N9/50—Proteinases, e.g. Endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.25)
    • C12N9/503—Proteinases, e.g. Endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.25) derived from viruses
    • C12N9/506—Proteinases, e.g. Endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.25) derived from viruses derived from RNA viruses
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N9/00—Enzymes; Proenzymes; Compositions thereof; Processes for preparing, activating, inhibiting, separating or purifying enzymes
    • C12N9/96—Stabilising an enzyme by forming an adduct or a composition; Forming enzyme conjugates
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N9/00—Enzymes; Proenzymes; Compositions thereof; Processes for preparing, activating, inhibiting, separating or purifying enzymes
    • C12N9/99—Enzyme inactivation by chemical treatment
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to compounds useful as inhibitors of HCV protease.
  • the invention also provides pharmaceutically acceptable compositions comprising compounds of the present invention and methods of using said compositions in the treatment of various disorders.
  • HCV Hepatitis C virus
  • HCV is a positive-stranded RNA virus whose genome encodes a polyprotein of approximately 3000 amino acids. This precursor protein is processed into at least 10 viral structural and nonstructural proteins: C, E1, E2, p7, NS2, NS3, NS4A, NS4B, NS5A, and NS5B (Blight, K. J., et al., Antiviral Ther. 3, Suppl. 3: 71-81, 1998). HCV nonstructural (NS) proteins are derived by proteolytic cleavage of the polyprotein and are presumed to provide the essential catalytic machinery for viral replication.
  • NS nonstructural
  • NS3 is an approximately 68 Kda protein, and has both an N-terminal serine protease domain and an RNA-dependent ATPase domain at its C-terminus. It has been shown that the NS4A protein serves as a co-factor for the serine protease activity of NS3. NS3 functions as a proteolytic enzyme that cleaves sites liberating other nonstructural proteins necessary for HCV replication and is a viable therapeutic target for antiviral chemotherapy.
  • R 1 , R 1′ , R 2a , R 3 , R 4 and R z are as defined herein.
  • Compounds provided by this invention are also useful for the study of HCV protease in biological and pathological phenomena; the study of intracellular signal transduction pathways mediated by HCV protease; and the comparative evaluation of new HCV protease inhibitors.
  • FIG. 1 depicts a mass spectroscopic analysis of HCV NS3/4A wild-type protease in the presence of test compound I-1.
  • FIG. 2 depicts a mass spectroscopic analysis of HCV NS3/4A wild-type protease in the presence of test compound I-25.
  • FIG. 3 depicts a mass spectroscopic analysis of HCV NS3/4A protease.
  • FIG. 4 depicts a mass spectroscopic analysis of HCV NS3/4A mutant D168V protease in the presence of test compound I-11.
  • FIG. 5 depicts a mass spectroscopic analysis of HCV NS3/4A mutant A156S protease in the presence of test compound I-11.
  • FIG. 6 depicts a mass spectroscopic analysis of HCV NS3/4A mutant R155K protease in the presence of test compound I-11.
  • FIG. 7 depicts a mass spectroscopic analysis of HCV NS3/4A mutant A156T protease in the presence of test compound I-11.
  • FIG. 8 depicts that the NS3 internal self-cleavage products are inhibited by treatment of replicon cells with Compound I-47 for 16 hours.
  • FIGS. 9 and 9-A depict an irreversible covalent inhibitor (compound I-11) of NS3 protease demonstrates prolonged inhibition of NS3 protease activity in the wild-type replicon cells, as measured by self-cleavage, after the compounds are removed.
  • FIG. 10 depicts an irreversible covalent inhibitor (compound I-25) of NS3 protease demonstrate prolonged inhibition of NS3 protease activity in the wild-type replicon cells, as measured by self-cleavage, after the compounds are removed.
  • the present invention provides a compound of formula I:
  • R 4 and R z are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted, saturated or unsaturated 16-22 membered ring having 2-6 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
  • aliphatic or “aliphatic group”, as used herein, means a straight-chain (i.e., unbranched) or branched, substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon chain that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, or a monocyclic hydrocarbon or bicyclic hydrocarbon that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic (also referred to herein as “carbocycle,” “cycloaliphatic” or “cycloalkyl”), that has a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule.
  • aliphatic groups contain 1-6 aliphatic carbon atoms.
  • aliphatic groups contain 1-5 aliphatic carbon atoms. In other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-4 aliphatic carbon atoms. In still other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-3 aliphatic carbon atoms, and in yet other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-2 aliphatic carbon atoms.
  • “cycloaliphatic” (or “carbocycle” or “cycloalkyl”) refers to a monocyclic C 3 -C 6 hydrocarbon that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic, that has a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule.
  • Suitable aliphatic groups include, but are not limited to, linear or branched, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl groups and hybrids thereof such as (cycloalkyl)alkyl, (cycloalkenyl)alkyl or (cycloalkyl)alkenyl.
  • bridged bicyclic refers to any bicyclic ring system, i.e. carbocyclic or heterocyclic, saturated or partially unsaturated, having at least one bridge.
  • a “bridge” is an unbranched chain of atoms or an atom or a valence bond connecting two bridgeheads, where a “bridgehead” is any skeletal atom of the ring system which is bonded to three or more skeletal atoms (excluding hydrogen).
  • a bridged bicyclic group has 7-12 ring members and 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • bridged bicyclic groups are well known in the art and include those groups set forth below where each group is attached to the rest of the molecule at any substitutable carbon or nitrogen atom. Unless otherwise specified, a bridged bicyclic group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as set forth for aliphatic groups. Additionally or alternatively, any substitutable nitrogen of a bridged bicyclic group is optionally substituted. Exemplary bridged bicyclics include:
  • lower alkyl refers to a C 1-4 straight or branched alkyl group.
  • exemplary lower alkyl groups are methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, and tert-butyl.
  • lower haloalkyl refers to a C 1-4 straight or branched alkyl group that is substituted with one or more halogen atoms.
  • heteroatom means one or more of oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, or silicon (including, any oxidized form of nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, or silicon; the quaternized form of any basic nitrogen or; a substitutable nitrogen of a heterocyclic ring, for example N (as in 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrolyl), NH (as in pyrrolidinyl) or NR + (as in N-substituted pyrrolidinyl)).
  • unsaturated means that a moiety has one or more units of unsaturation.
  • bivalent C 1-8 (or C 1-6 ) saturated or unsaturated, straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain refers to bivalent alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene chains that are straight or branched as defined herein.
  • alkylene refers to a bivalent alkyl group.
  • An “alkylene chain” is a polymethylene group, i.e., —(CH 2 ) n —, wherein n is a positive integer, preferably from 1 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 3, from 1 to 2, or from 2 to 3.
  • a substituted alkylene chain is a polymethylene group in which one or more methylene hydrogen atoms are replaced with a substituent. Suitable substituents include those described below for a substituted aliphatic group.
  • alkenylene refers to a bivalent alkenyl group.
  • a substituted alkenylene chain is a polymethylene group containing at least one double bond in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with a substituent. Suitable substituents include those described below for a substituted aliphatic group.
  • cyclopropylenyl refers to a bivalent cyclopropyl group of the following structure:
  • halogen means F, Cl, Br, or I.
  • aryl used alone or as part of a larger moiety as in “aralkyl,” “aralkoxy,” or “aryloxyalkyl,” refers to monocyclic or bicyclic ring systems having a total of five to fourteen ring members, wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic and wherein each ring in the system contains 3 to 7 ring members.
  • aryl may be used interchangeably with the term “aryl ring.”
  • aryl used alone or as part of a larger moiety as in “aralkyl,” “aralkoxy,” or “aryloxyalkyl,” refers to monocyclic and bicyclic ring systems having a total of five to 10 ring members, wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic and wherein each ring in the system contains three to seven ring members.
  • aryl may be used interchangeably with the term “aryl ring”.
  • aryl refers to an aromatic ring system which includes, but not limited to, phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, anthracyl and the like, which may bear one or more substituents.
  • aryl is a group in which an aromatic ring is fused to one or more non-aromatic rings, such as indanyl, phthalimidyl, naphthimidyl, phenanthridinyl, or tetrahydronaphthyl, and the like.
  • heteroaryl and “heteroar-,” used alone or as part of a larger moiety, e.g., “heteroaralkyl,” or “heteroaralkoxy,” refer to groups having 5 to 10 ring atoms, preferably 5, 6, or 9 ring atoms; having 6, 10, or 14 ⁇ electrons shared in a cyclic array; and having, in addition to carbon atoms, from one to five heteroatoms.
  • heteroatom refers to nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, and includes any oxidized form of nitrogen or sulfur, and any quaternized form of a basic nitrogen.
  • Heteroaryl groups include, without limitation, thienyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, indolizinyl, purinyl, naphthyridinyl, and pteridinyl.
  • heteroaryl and “heteroar-”, as used herein, also include groups in which a heteroaromatic ring is fused to one or more aryl, cycloaliphatic, or heterocyclyl rings, where the radical or point of attachment is on the heteroaromatic ring.
  • Nonlimiting examples include indolyl, isoindolyl, benzothienyl, benzofuranyl, dibenzofuranyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, and pyrido[2,3-b]-1,4-oxazin-3(4H)-one.
  • heteroaryl group may be mono- or bicyclic.
  • heteroaryl may be used interchangeably with the terms “heteroaryl ring,” “heteroaryl group,” or “heteroaromatic,” any of which terms include rings that are optionally substituted.
  • heteroarylkyl refers to an alkyl group substituted by a heteroaryl, wherein the alkyl and heteroaryl portions independently are optionally substituted.
  • heterocycle As used herein, the terms “heterocycle,” “heterocyclyl,” “heterocyclic radical,” and “heterocyclic ring” are used interchangeably and refer to a stable 5- to 7-membered monocyclic or 7-10-membered bicyclic heterocyclic moiety that is either saturated or partially unsaturated, and having, in addition to carbon atoms, one or more, preferably one to four, heteroatoms, as defined above.
  • nitrogen includes a substituted nitrogen.
  • the nitrogen may be N (as in 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrolyl), NH (as in pyrrolidinyl), or + NR (as in N-substituted pyrrolidinyl).
  • a heterocyclic ring can be attached to its pendant group at any heteroatom or carbon atom that results in a stable structure and any of the ring atoms can be optionally substituted.
  • saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic radicals include, without limitation, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperazinyl, dioxanyl, dioxolanyl, diazepinyl, oxazepinyl, thiazepinyl, morpholinyl, and quinuclidinyl.
  • heterocycle refers to an alkyl group substituted by a heterocyclyl, wherein the alkyl and heterocyclyl portions independently are optionally substituted.
  • partially unsaturated refers to a ring moiety that includes at least one double or triple bond.
  • partially unsaturated is intended to encompass rings having multiple sites of unsaturation, but is not intended to include aryl or heteroaryl moieties, as herein defined.
  • natural amino acid side-chain group refers to the side-chain group of any of the 20 amino acids naturally occurring in proteins.
  • natural amino acids include the nonpolar, or hydrophobic amino acids, glycine, alanine, valine, leucine isoleucine, methionine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, and proline. Cysteine is sometimes classified as nonpolar or hydrophobic and other times as polar.
  • Natural amino acids also include polar, or hydrophilic amino acids, such as tyrosine, serine, threonine, aspartic acid (also known as aspartate, when charged), glutamic acid (also known as glutamate, when charged), asparagine, and glutamine.
  • Certain polar, or hydrophilic, amino acids have charged side-chains. Such charged amino acids include lysine, arginine, and histidine.
  • protection of a polar or hydrophilic amino acid side-chain can render that amino acid nonpolar.
  • a suitably protected tyrosine hydroxyl group can render that tyroine nonpolar and hydrophobic by virtue of protecting the hydroxyl group.
  • unnatural amino acid side-chain group refers to the side-chain group of amino acids not included in the list of 20 amino acids naturally occurring in proteins, as described above. Such amino acids include the D-isomer of any of the 20 naturally occurring amino acids. Unnatural amino acids also include homoserine, ornithine, norleucine, and thyroxine. Other unnatural amino acids side-chains are well known to one of ordinary skill in the art and include unnatural aliphatic side chains. Other unnatural amino acids include modified amino acids, including those that are N-alkylated, cyclized, phosphorylated, acetylated, amidated, azidylated, labelled, and the like. In some embodiments, an unnatural amino acid is a D-isomer. In some embodiments, an unnatural amino acid is a L-isomer.
  • compounds of the invention may contain “optionally substituted” moieties.
  • substituted whether preceded by the term “optionally” or not, means that one or more hydrogens of the designated moiety are replaced with a suitable substituent.
  • an “optionally substituted” group may have a suitable substituent at each substitutable position of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure may be substituted with more than one substituent selected from a specified group, the substituent may be either the same or different at every position.
  • Combinations of substituents envisioned by this invention are preferably those that result in the formation of stable or chemically feasible compounds.
  • stable refers to compounds that are not substantially altered when subjected to conditions to allow for their production, detection, and, in certain embodiments, their recovery, purification, and use for one or more of the purposes disclosed herein.
  • Suitable monovalent substituents on a substitutable carbon atom of an “optionally substituted” group are independently halogen; —(CH 2 ) 0-4 R ⁇ ; —(CH 2 ) 0-4 OR ⁇ ; —O(CH 2 ) 0-4 R ⁇ , —O—(CH 2 ) 0-4 C(O)OR ⁇ ; —(CH 2 ) 0-4 CH(OR ⁇ ) 2 ; —(CH 2 ) 0-4 SR ⁇ ; —(CH 2 ) 0-4 Ph, which may be substituted with R ⁇ ; —(CH 2 ) 0-4 O(CH 2 ) 0-1 Ph which may be substituted with R ⁇ ; —CH ⁇ CHPh, which may be substituted with R ⁇ ; —(CH 2 ) 0-4 O(CH 2 ) 0-1 -pyridyl which may be substituted with R ⁇ ; NO 2 ; —CN; —N
  • Suitable monovalent substituents on R ⁇ are independently halogen, —(CH 2 ) 0-2 R • , -(haloR • ), —(CH 2 ) 0-2 OH, —(CH 2 ) 0-2 OR • , —(CH 2 ) 0-2 CH(OR • ) 2 ; —O(haloR • ), —CN, —N 3 , —(CH 2 ) 0-2 C(O)R*, —(CH 2 ) 0-2 C(O)OH, —(CH 2 ) 0-2 C(O)OR*, —(CH 2 ) 0-2 SR*, —(CH 2 ) 0-2 SH, —(CH 2 ) 0-2 NH 2 , —(CH 2 ) 0-2 NHR • , —(CH 2 ) 0-2 NR • 2 ,
  • Suitable divalent substituents on a saturated carbon atom of an “optionally substituted” group include the following: ⁇ O, ⁇ S, ⁇ NNR * 2 , ⁇ NNHC(O)R*, ⁇ NNHC(O)OR*, ⁇ NNHS(O) 2 R*, ⁇ NR*, ⁇ NOR*, —O(C(R * 2 )) 2-3 O—, or —S(C(R * 2 )) 2-3 S—, wherein each independent occurrence of R * is selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • Suitable divalent substituents that are bound to vicinal substitutable carbons of an “optionally substituted” group include: —O(CR * 2 ) 2-3 O—, wherein each independent occurrence of R * is selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R * include halogen, —R • , -(haloR • ), —OH, —OR • , —O(haloR • ), —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(O)OR • , —NH 2 , —NHR • , —NR • 2 , or —NO 2 , wherein each R • is unsubstituted or where preceded by “halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently C 1-4 aliphatic, —CH 2 Ph, —O(CH 2 ) 0-1 Ph, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • Suitable substituents on a substitutable nitrogen of an “optionally substituted” group include —R ⁇ , —NR ⁇ 2 , —C(O)R ⁇ , —C(O)OR ⁇ , —C(O)C(O)R ⁇ , —C(O)CH 2 C(O)R ⁇ , —S(O) 2 R ⁇ , —S(O) 2 NR ⁇ 2 , —C(S)NR ⁇ 2 , —C(NH)NR ⁇ 2 , or —N(R ⁇ )S(O) 2 R ⁇ ; wherein each R ⁇ is independently hydrogen, C 1-6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, unsubstituted —OPh, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or, notwithstanding the definition above, two independent occurrence
  • Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of Rt are independently halogen, —R • , -(haloR • ), —OH, —OR • , —O(haloR • ), —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(O)OR • , —NH 2 , —NHR • , —NR • 2 , or —NO 2 , wherein each R • is unsubstituted or where preceded by “halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently C 1-4 aliphatic, —CH 2 Ph, —O(CH 2 ) 0-1 Ph, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • the term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to those salts which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response and the like, and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art. For example, S. M. Berge et al., describe pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail in J. Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1977, 66, 1-19, incorporated herein by reference.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of this invention include those derived from suitable inorganic and organic acids and bases.
  • Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable, nontoxic acid addition salts are salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid or malonic acid or by using other methods used in the art such as ion exchange.
  • inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid
  • organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid or malonic acid or by using other methods used in the art such as ion exchange.
  • salts include adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate,
  • Salts derived from appropriate bases include alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium and N + (C 1-4 alkyl) 4 salts.
  • Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like.
  • Further pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, when appropriate, nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations formed using counterions such as halide, hydroxide, carboxylate, sulfate, phosphate, nitrate, loweralkyl sulfonate and aryl sulfonate.
  • structures depicted herein are also meant to include all isomeric (e.g., enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational)) forms of the structure; for example, the R and S configurations for each asymmetric center, Z and E double bond isomers, and Z and E conformational isomers. Therefore, single stereochemical isomers as well as enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational) mixtures of the present compounds are within the scope of the invention. Unless otherwise stated, all tautomeric forms of the compounds of the invention are within the scope of the invention.
  • structures depicted herein are also meant to include compounds that differ only in the presence of one or more isotopically enriched atoms.
  • compounds having the present structures including the replacement of hydrogen by deuterium or tritium, or the replacement of a carbon by a 13 C- or 14 C-enriched carbon are within the scope of this invention.
  • Such compounds are useful, for example, as analytical tools, as probes in biological assays, or as therapeutic agents in accordance with the present invention.
  • a warhead moiety, R 3 of a provided compound comprises one or more deuterium atoms.
  • the term “irreversible” or “irreversible inhibitor” refers to an inhibitor (i.e. a compound) that is able to be covalently bonded to HCV protease in a substantially non-reversible manner That is, whereas a reversible inhibitor is able to bind to (but is generally unable to form a covalent bond with) HCV protease, and therefore can become dissociated from the HCV protease an irreversible inhibitor will remain substantially bound to HCV protease once covalent bond formation has occurred.
  • Irreversible inhibitors usually display time dependency, whereby the degree of inhibition increases with the time with which the inhibitor is in contact with the enzyme. In certain embodiments, an irreversible inhibitor will remain substantially bound to HCV protease once covalent bond formation has occurred and will remain bound for a time period that is longer than the life of the protein.
  • Methods for identifying if a compound is acting as an irreversible inhibitor are known to one of ordinary skill in the art. Such methods include, but are not limited to, enzyme kinetic analysis of the inhibition profile of the compound with HCV protease, the use of mass spectrometry of the protein drug target modified in the presence of the inhibitor compound, discontinuous exposure, also known as “washout,” experiments, and the use of labeling, such as radiolabelled inhibitor, to show covalent modification of the enzyme, as well as other methods known to one of skill in the art.
  • warheads refers to a functional group present on a compound of the present invention wherein that functional group is capable of covalently binding to an amino acid residue (such as cysteine, lysine, histidine, or other residues capable of being covalently modified) present in the binding pocket of the target protein, thereby irreversibly inhibiting the protein.
  • an amino acid residue such as cysteine, lysine, histidine, or other residues capable of being covalently modified
  • an inhibitor is defined as a compound that binds to and/or inhibits HCV protease with measurable affinity.
  • an inhibitor has an IC 50 and/or binding constant of less about 50 ⁇ M, less than about 1 ⁇ M, less than about 500 nM, less than about 100 nM, less than about 10 nM, or less than about 1 nM.
  • a compound of the present invention may be tethered to a detectable moiety.
  • a detectable moiety may be attached to a provided compound via a suitable substituent.
  • suitable substituent refers to a moiety that is capable of covalent attachment to a detectable moiety.
  • moieties are well known to one of ordinary skill in the art and include groups containing, e.g., a carboxylate moiety, an amino moiety, a thiol moiety, or a hydroxyl moiety, to name but a few.
  • moieties may be directly attached to a provided compound or via a tethering group, such as a bivalent saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon chain.
  • such moieties may be attached via click chemistry.
  • such moieties may be attached via a 1,3-cycloaddition of an azide with an alkyne, optionally in the presence of a copper catalyst.
  • Methods of using click chemistry are known in the art and include those described by Rostovtsev et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2002, 41, 2596-99 and Sun et al., Bioconjugate Chem., 2006, 17, 52-57.
  • detectable moiety is used interchangeably with the term “label” and relates to any moiety capable of being detected, e.g., primary labels and secondary labels.
  • Primary labels such as radioisotopes (e.g., tritium, 32 P, 33 P, 35 S, or 14 C), mass-tags, and fluorescent labels are signal generating reporter groups which can be detected without further modifications.
  • Detectable moieties also include luminescent and phosphorescent groups.
  • secondary label refers to moieties such as biotin and various protein antigens that require the presence of a second intermediate for production of a detectable signal.
  • the secondary intermediate may include streptavidin-enzyme conjugates.
  • antigen labels secondary intermediates may include antibody-enzyme conjugates.
  • fluorescent label refers to moieties that absorb light energy at a defined excitation wavelength and emit light energy at a different wavelength.
  • fluorescent labels include, but are not limited to: Alexa Fluor dyes (Alexa Fluor 350, Alexa Fluor 488, Alexa Fluor 532, Alexa Fluor 546, Alexa Fluor 568, Alexa Fluor 594, Alexa Fluor 633, Alexa Fluor 660 and Alexa Fluor 680), AMCA, AMCA-S, BODIPY dyes (BODIPY FL, BODIPY R6G, BODIPY TMR, BODIPY TR, BODIPY 530/550, BODIPY 558/568, BODIPY 564/570, BODIPY 576/589, BODIPY 581/591, BODIPY 630/650, BODIPY 650/665), Carboxyrhodamine 6G, carboxy-X-r
  • mass-tag refers to any moiety that is capable of being uniquely detected by virtue of its mass using mass spectrometry (MS) detection techniques.
  • mass-tags include electrophore release tags such as N-[3-[4′-[(p-Methoxytetrafluorobenzyl)oxy]phenyl]-3-methylglyceronyl]isonipecotic Acid, 4′-[2,3,5,6-Tetrafluoro-4-(pentafluorophenoxyl)]methyl acetophenone, and their derivatives.
  • electrophore release tags such as N-[3-[4′-[(p-Methoxytetrafluorobenzyl)oxy]phenyl]-3-methylglyceronyl]isonipecotic Acid, 4′-[2,3,5,6-Tetrafluoro-4-(pentafluorophenoxyl)]methyl acetophenone, and their derivatives.
  • electrophore release tags such as N-[3-[4′
  • mass-tags include, but are not limited to, nucleotides, dideoxynucleotides, oligonucleotides of varying length and base composition, oligopeptides, oligosaccharides, and other synthetic polymers of varying length and monomer composition.
  • a large variety of organic molecules, both neutral and charged (biomolecules or synthetic compounds) of an appropriate mass range (100-2000 Daltons) may also be used as mass-tags.
  • measurable affinity and “measurably inhibit,” as used herein, means a measurable change in HCV protease activity between a sample comprising a compound of the present invention, or composition thereof, and HCV protease, and an equivalent sample comprising HCV protease, in the absence of said compound, or composition thereof.
  • the present invention provides a compound of formula I:
  • R 4 and R z are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted, saturated or unsaturated 16-22 membered ring having 2-6 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
  • L is a covalent bond
  • L is a bivalent C 1-8 saturated or unsaturated, straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain, wherein one, two, or three methylene units of L are optionally and independently replaced by cyclopropylene, —NR—, —N(R)C(O)—, —C(O)N(R)—, —N(R)SO 2 —, —SO 2 N(R)—, —O—, —C(O)—, —OC(O)—, —C(O)O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, —C( ⁇ S)—, —C( ⁇ NR)—, —N ⁇ N—, or —C( ⁇ N 2 )—.
  • L is a bivalent C 1-8 saturated or unsaturated, straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain. In certain embodiments, L is —CH 2 —.
  • L is a covalent bond, —CH 2 —, —NH—, —CH 2 NH—, —NHCH 2 —, —NHC(O)—, —NHC(O)CH 2 OC(O)—, —CH 2 NHC(O)—, —NHSO 2 —, —NHSO 2 CH 2 —, —NHC(O)CH 2 OC(O)—, or —SO 2 NH—.
  • L is a bivalent C 2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one double bond and one or two additional methylene units of L are optionally and independently replaced by —NRC(O)—, —C(O)NR—, —N(R)SO 2 —, —SO 2 N(R)—, —S—, —S(O)—, —SO 2 —, —OC(O)—, —C(O)O—, —O—, —N(R)—, or —C(O)—.
  • L is a bivalent C 2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one double bond and at least one methylene unit of L is replaced by —C(O)—, —NRC(O)—, —C(O)NR—, —N(R)SO 2 —, —SO 2 N(R)—, —S—, —S(O)—, —SO 2 —, —OC(O)—, or —C(O)O—, and one or two additional methylene units of L are optionally and independently replaced by cyclopropylene, —O—, —N(R)—, or —C(O)—.
  • L is a bivalent C 2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one double bond and at least one methylene unit of L is replaced by —C(O)—, and one or two additional methylene units of L are optionally and independently replaced by cyclopropylene, —O—, —N(R)—, or —C(O)—.
  • L is a bivalent C 2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one double bond.
  • a double bond may exist within the hydrocarbon chain backbone or may be “exo” to the backbone chain and thus forming an alkylidene group.
  • such an L group having an alkylidene branched chain includes —CH 2 C( ⁇ CH 2 )CH 2 —.
  • L is a bivalent C 2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one alkylidenyl double bond.
  • Exemplary L groups include —NHC(O)C( ⁇ CH 2 )CH 2 —.
  • L is a bivalent C 2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one double bond and at least one methylene unit of L is replaced by —C(O)—.
  • L is —C(O)CH ⁇ CH(CH 3 )—, —C(O)CH ⁇ CHCH 2 NH(CH 3 )—, —C(O)CH ⁇ CH(CH 3 )—, —C(O)CH ⁇ CH—, —CH 2 C(O)CH ⁇ CH—, —CH 2 C(O)CH ⁇ CH(CH 3 )—, —CH 2 CH 2 C(O)CH ⁇ CH—, —CH 2 CH 2 C(O)CH ⁇ CHCH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 C(O)CH ⁇ CHCH 2 NH(CH 3 )—, or —CH 2 CH 2 C(O)CH ⁇ CH(CH 3 )—, or —CH(CH 3 )OC(O)CH ⁇ CH—.
  • L is a bivalent C 2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one double bond and at least one methylene unit of L is replaced by —OC(O)—.
  • L is a bivalent C 2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one double bond and at least one methylene unit of L is replaced by —NRC(O)—, —C(O)NR—, —N(R)SO 2 —, —SO 2 N(R)—, —S—, —S(O)—, —SO 2 —, —OC(O)—, or —C(O)O—, and one or two additional methylene units of L are optionally and independently replaced by cyclopropylene, —O—, —N(R)—, or —C(O)—.
  • L is —CH 2 OC(O)CH ⁇ CHCH 2 —, —CH 2 —OC(O)CH ⁇ CH—, or —CH(CH ⁇ CH 2 )OC(O)CH ⁇ CH—.
  • L is —NRC(O)CH ⁇ CH—, —NRC(O)CH ⁇ CHCH 2 N(CH 3 )—, —NRC(O)CH ⁇ CHCH 2 O—, —CH 2 NRC(O)CH ⁇ CH—, —NRSO 2 CH ⁇ CH—, —NRSO 2 CH ⁇ CHCH 2 —, —NRC(O)(C ⁇ N 2 )C(O)—, —NRC(O)CH ⁇ CHCH 2 N(CH 3 )—, —NRSO 2 CH ⁇ CH—, —NRSO 2 CH ⁇ CHCH 2 —, —NRC(O)CH ⁇ CHCH 2 O—, —NRC(O)C( ⁇ CH 2 )CH 2 —, —CH 2 NRC(O)—, —CH 2 NRC(O)CH ⁇ CH—, —CH 2 CH 2 NRC(O)—, or —CH 2 NRC(O)cyclopropylene-, wherein each R is independently hydrogen or optionally substituted
  • L is —NHC(O)CH ⁇ CH—, —NHC(O)CH ⁇ CHCH 2 N(CH 3 )—, —NHC(O)CH ⁇ CHCH 2 O—, —CH 2 NHC(O)CH ⁇ CH—, —NHSO 2 CH ⁇ CH—, —NHSO 2 CH ⁇ CHCH 2 —, —NHC(O)(C ⁇ N 2 )C(O)—, —NHC(O)CH ⁇ CHCH 2 N(CH 3 )—, —NHSO 2 CH ⁇ CH—, —NHSO 2 CH ⁇ CHCH 2 —, —NHC(O)CH ⁇ CHCH 2 O—, —NHC(O)C( ⁇ CH 2 )CH 2 —, —CH 2 NHC(O)—, —CH 2 NHC(O)CH ⁇ CH—, —CH 2 CH 2 NHC(O)—, or —CH 2 NHC(O)cyclopropylene-.
  • L is a bivalent C 2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one triple bond.
  • L is a bivalent C 2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one triple bond and one or two additional methylene units of L are optionally and independently replaced by —NRC(O)—, —C(O)NR—, —S—, —S(O)—, —SO 2 —, —C( ⁇ S)—, —C( ⁇ NR)—, —O—, —N(R)—, or —C(O)—.
  • L has at least one triple bond and at least one methylene unit of L is replaced by —N(R)—, —N(R)C(O)—, —C(O)—, —C(O)O—, or —OC(O)—, or —O—.
  • Exemplary L groups include —C ⁇ C—, —C ⁇ CCH 2 N(isopropyl)-, —NHC(O)C ⁇ CCH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 —C ⁇ C—CH 2 —, —C ⁇ CCH 2 O—, —CH 2 C(O)C ⁇ C—, —C(O)C ⁇ C—, or —CH 2 OC( ⁇ O)C ⁇ C—.
  • L is a bivalent C 2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein one methylene unit of L is replaced by cyclopropylene and one or two additional methylene units of L are independently replaced by —C(O)—, —NRC(O)—, —C(O)NR—, —N(R)SO 2 —, or —SO 2 N(R)—.
  • Exemplary L groups include —NHC(O)-cyclopropylene-SO 2 - and —NHC(O)-cyclopropylene-.
  • Y is hydrogen, C 1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO 2 , or CN, or a 3-10 membered monocyclic or bicyclic, saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, and wherein said ring is substituted with at 1-4 R e groups, each R e is independently selected from -Q-Z, oxo, NO 2 , halogen, CN, a suitable leaving group, or C 1-6 aliphatic, wherein Q is a covalent bond or a bivalent C 1-6 saturated or unsaturated, straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain, wherein one or two methylene units of Q are optionally and independently replaced by —N(R)—, —S—, —O—, —C(O)—, —OC(O)—, —C(O)O—, —SO—, or —SO 2 —,
  • Y is hydrogen
  • Y is C 1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO 2 , or CN. In some embodiments, Y is C 2-6 alkenyl optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO 2 , or CN. In other embodiments, Y is C 2-6 alkynyl optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO 2 , or CN. In some embodiments, Y is C 2-6 alkenyl. In other embodiments, Y is C 2-4 alkynyl.
  • Y is C 1-6 alkyl substituted with oxo, halogen, NO 2 , or CN.
  • Y groups include —CH 2 F, —CH 2 Cl, —CH 2 CN, and —CH 2 NO 2 .
  • Y is a saturated 3-6 membered monocyclic ring having 0-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein Y is substituted with 1-4 R e groups, wherein each R e is as defined above and described herein.
  • Y is a saturated 3-4 membered heterocyclic ring having 1 heteroatom selected from oxygen or nitrogen wherein said ring is substituted with 1-2 R e groups, wherein each R e is as defined above and described herein.
  • exemplary such rings are epoxide and oxetane rings, wherein each ring is substituted with 1-2 R e groups, wherein each R e is as defined above and described herein.
  • Y is a saturated 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatom selected from oxygen or nitrogen wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 R e groups, wherein each R e is as defined above and described herein.
  • Such rings include piperidine and pyrrolidine, wherein each ring is substituted with 1-4 R e groups, wherein each R e is as defined above and described herein.
  • Y is
  • each R, Q, Z, and R e is as defined above and described herein.
  • Y is a saturated 3-6 membered carbocyclic ring, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 R e groups, wherein each R e is as defined above and described herein.
  • Y is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl, wherein each ring is substituted with 1-4 R e groups, wherein each R e is as defined above and described herein.
  • Y is
  • R e is as defined above and described herein.
  • Y is cyclopropyl optionally substituted with halogen, CN or NO 2 .
  • Y is a partially unsaturated 3-6 membered monocyclic ring having 0-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 R e groups, wherein each R e is as defined above and described herein.
  • Y is a partially unsaturated 3-6 membered carbocyclic ring, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 R e groups, wherein each R e is as defined above and described herein.
  • Y is cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, or cyclohexenyl wherein each ring is substituted with 1-4 R e groups, wherein each R e is as defined above and described herein.
  • Y is
  • each R e is as defined above and described herein.
  • Y is a partially unsaturated 4-6 membered heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 R e groups, wherein each R e is as defined above and described herein.
  • Y is selected from:
  • each R and R e is as defined above and described herein.
  • Y is a 6-membered aromatic ring having 0-2 nitrogens wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 R e groups, wherein each R e group is as defined above and described herein.
  • Y is phenyl, pyridyl, or pyrimidinyl, wherein each ring is substituted with 1-4 R e groups, wherein each R e is as defined above and described herein.
  • Y is selected from:
  • each R e is as defined above and described herein.
  • Y is a 5-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-3 R e groups, wherein each R e group is as defined above and described herein.
  • Y is a 5 membered partially unsaturated or aryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 R e groups, wherein each R e group is as defined above and described herein.
  • rings are isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, triazole, thiadiazole, and oxadiazole, wherein each ring is substituted with 1-3 R e groups, wherein each R e group is as defined above and described herein.
  • Y is selected from:
  • each R and R e is as defined above and described herein.
  • Y is an 8-10 membered bicyclic, saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 R e groups, wherein R e is as defined above and described herein.
  • Y is a 9-10 membered bicyclic, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 R e groups, wherein R e is as defined above and described herein.
  • Exemplary such bicyclic rings include 2,3-dihydrobenzo[d]isothiazole, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 R e groups, wherein R e is as defined above and described herein.
  • each R e group is independently selected from -Q-Z, oxo, NO 2 , halogen, CN, a suitable leaving group, or C 1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO 2 , or CN, wherein Q is a covalent bond or a bivalent C 1-6 saturated or unsaturated, straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain, wherein one or two methylene units of Q are optionally and independently replaced by —N(R)—, —S—, —O—, —C(O)—, —OC(O)—, —C(O)O—, —SO—, or —SO 2 —, —N(R)C(O)—, —C(O)N(R)—, —N(R)SO 2 —, or —SO 2 N(R)—; and Z is hydrogen or C 1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO 2 ,
  • R e is C 1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO 2 , or CN. In other embodiments, R e is oxo, NO 2 , halogen, or CN.
  • R e is -Q-Z, wherein Q is a covalent bond and Z is hydrogen (i.e., R e is hydrogen).
  • R e is -Q-Z, wherein Q is a bivalent C 1-6 saturated or unsaturated, straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain, wherein one or two methylene units of Q are optionally and independently replaced by —NR—, —NRC(O)—, —C(O)NR—, —S—, —O—, —C(O)—, —SO—, or —SO 2 —.
  • Q is a bivalent C 2-6 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain having at least one double bond, wherein one or two methylene units of Q are optionally and independently replaced by —NR—, —NRC(O)—, —C(O)NR—, —S—, —O—, —C(O)—, —SO—, or —SO 2 —.
  • the Z moiety of the R e group is hydrogen.
  • -Q-Z is —NHC(O)CH ⁇ CH 2 or —C(O)CH ⁇ CH 2 .
  • each R e is independently selected from oxo, NO 2 , CN, fluoro, chloro, —NHC(O)CH ⁇ CH 2 , —C(O)CH ⁇ CH 2 , —CH 2 CH ⁇ CH 2 , —C ⁇ CH, —C(O)OCH 2 Cl, —C(O)OCH 2 F, —C(O)OCH 2 CN, —C(O)CH 2 Cl, —C(O)CH 2 F, —C(O)CH 2 CN, or —CH 2 C(O)CH 3 .
  • R e is a suitable leaving group, ie a group that is subject to nucleophilic displacement.
  • a “suitable leaving” is a chemical group that is readily displaced by a desired incoming chemical moiety such as the thiol moiety of a cysteine of interest. Suitable leaving groups are well known in the art, e.g., see, “Advanced Organic Chemistry,” Jerry March, 5 th Ed., pp. 351-357, John Wiley and Sons, N.Y.
  • Such leaving groups include, but are not limited to, halogen, alkoxy, sulphonyloxy, optionally substituted alkylsulphonyloxy, optionally substituted alkenylsulfonyloxy, optionally substituted arylsulfonyloxy, acyl, and diazonium moieties.
  • suitable leaving groups include chloro, iodo, bromo, fluoro, acetoxy, methanesulfonyloxy (mesyloxy), tosyloxy, triflyloxy, nitro-phenylsulfonyloxy (nosyloxy), and bromo-phenylsulfonyloxy (brosyloxy).
  • the Y group of formula I is selected from those set forth in Table 1, below, wherein each wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the rest of the molecule.
  • the R 3 group of formula I is selected from those set forth in Table 2, below, wherein each wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the rest of the molecule.
  • R 1 and R 1′ groups of formula I are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C 1-6 aliphatic.
  • R 1 is hydrogen and R 1′ is C 1-4 aliphatic.
  • R 1 is hydrogen and R 1′ is n-propyl.
  • the R 1 and R 1′ groups of formula I are taken together to form an optionally substituted 3-7 membered carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments, the R 1 and R 1′ groups of formula I are taken together to form an optionally substituted cyclopropyl ring. In some embodiments, the R 1 and R 1′ groups of formula I are taken together to form a cyclopropyl ring substituted with ethyl or vinyl.
  • R 4 is H, —NHC(O)R 5 , —NHC(O)OR 6 ,
  • R 4 and R z are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted, saturated or unsaturated 16-22 membered ring having 2-6 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • the R 4 group of formula I is —NHC(O)R 5 . In some embodiments, the R 4 group of formula I is —NHC(O)OR 6 . In other embodiments, the R 4 group of formula I is
  • the R 4 group of formula I is hydrogen
  • R 4 when R 4 is —NHC(O)R 5 , R 5 is C 1-6 aliphatic or an optionally substituted group selected from a bridged bicyclic, 6-10 membered aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or 4-7 membered heterocyclyl having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • R 6 is C 1-6 aliphatic or an optionally substituted group selected from a bridged bicyclic, 6-10 membered aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or 4-7 membered heterocyclyl having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • the R 4 group of formula I is an amino acid side-chain group. In some embodiments, the R 4 group of formula I is an unnatural amino acid side-chain group. In some embodiments, the R 4 group of formula I is an aliphatic unnatural amino acid side-chain group. In some embodiments, the R 4 group of formula I is an unnatural amino acid side-chain group of alanine substituted with one, two, or three R ⁇ groups, wherein each R ⁇ is as defined above. In some embodiments, the R 4 group of formula I is an unnatural amino acid side-chain group of threonine substituted with one, two, or three R ⁇ groups, wherein each R ⁇ is as defined above. In some embodiments, R ⁇ is methyl.
  • the R 4 group of formula I is a natural amino acid side-chain group.
  • the R 4 group of formula I is the natural amino acid side-chain group of alanine (i.e., R 4 is methyl). In some embodiments, the R 4 group of formula I is the natural amino acid side-chain group of D-alanine. In some embodiments, the R 4 group of formula I is the natural amino acid side-chain group of L-alanine.
  • the R 4 group of formula I is the natural amino acid side-chain group of valine. In some embodiments, the R 4 group of formula I is the natural amino acid side-chain group of D-valine. In some embodiments, the R 4 group of formula I is the natural amino acid side-chain group of L-valine.
  • the R 4 group of formula I consists of a mixture of amino acid side-chain groups in both the D- and L- configuration. Such R 4 groups are referred to herein as “D,L-mixed amino acid side-chain groups.”
  • the ratio of D- to L-amino acid side-chain groups is selected from any of 6:1, 5:1, 4:1, 3:1, 2:1, 1:1, 1:2, 1:3, 1:4; 1:5, and 1:6.
  • the R 4 group of formula I is a D,L-mixed alanine side-chain group.
  • the R 4 group of formula I is a D,L-mixed valine side-chain group.
  • the R 5 and R 7 groups of formula I are independently optionally substituted groups selected from optionally substituted group selected from C 1-6 aliphatic, 6-10 membered aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or 4-7 membered heterocyclyl having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • R 5 is an optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur
  • R 7 is an optionally substituted C 1-6 aliphatic group.
  • R 5 is and
  • R 7 is cyclohexyl
  • R 4 is —NHC(O)R 5 , wherein R 5 is independently —N(R) 2 or an optionally substituted group selected from C 1-6 aliphatic.
  • R 5 is —N(R) 2 and each R is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 aliphatic, or two R on the same nitrogen atom are taken together with the nitrogen to form a 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • R 5 is —N(R) 2 and each R is independently hydrogen or t-butyl.
  • the R 5 group of formula I is an optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. In some embodiments, R 5 is an optionally substituted 6 membered heteroaryl ring having 1-2 nitrogens. In certain embodiments, R 5 is piperazinyl.
  • the R 7 group of formula I is an optionally substituted C 1-6 aliphatic group.
  • R 7 is a branched C 1-5 alkyl group.
  • R 7 is cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl.
  • R z is
  • R z is
  • R z is
  • R z is
  • R z is
  • R z is
  • R z is
  • R z is
  • R z is
  • R y is halogen. In other embodiments, R y is C 1-4 aliphatic. In certain embodiments, R y is fluoro. In certain embodiments, R y is chloro. In certain embodiments, R y is bromo. In certain embodiments, R y is iodo. In other embodiments, R y is vinyl.
  • m is an integer between 1 and 3, inclusive. In some embodiments, m is 1. In some embodiments, m is 2. In some embodiments, m is 3.
  • s is an integer between 1 and 3, inclusive. In some embodiments, s is 0. In some embodiments, s is 1. In some embodiments, s is 2. In some embodiments, s is 3. In some embodiments, s is 4.
  • t is an integer between 1 and 3, inclusive. In some embodiments, t is 0. In some embodiments, t is 1. In some embodiments, t is 2. In some embodiments, t is 3. In some embodiments, t is 4.
  • the R 2a group of formula I is —OH. In other embodiments, the R 2a group of formula I is —NHSO 2 R 2 , wherein R 2 is as defined above and described herein.
  • the present invention provides a compound of formula I-a or I-b:
  • R 1 , R 1′ , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R z is as defined above for formula I and described in classes and subclasses above and herein.
  • the R 2 group of formula I-b is —N(R) 2 .
  • the R 2 group of formula I-b is an optionally substituted group selected from C 3-7 cycloalkyl, 6-10 membered aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or 4-7 membered heterocyclyl having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • R 2 is C 3-7 cycloalkyl or 6-10 membered aryl.
  • R 2 is optionally substituted 6-10 membered aryl.
  • R 2 is phenyl.
  • R 2 is cyclopropyl.
  • R 2 is selected from C 3-7 cycloalkyl, a bridged bicyclic, 6-10 membered aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or 4-7 membered heterocyclyl having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • the R 3 group of formula I is a warhead group.
  • the R 3 and R 1 groups of formula I are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted saturated or unsaturated 12-18 membered ring having 2-6 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen oxygen, or sulfur, wherein the ring formed thereby comprises a warhead group.
  • R 3 and a ring formed by R 1 and R′ are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted saturated or unsaturated 12-18 membered ring having 2-6 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen oxygen, or sulfur, wherein the ring formed thereby comprises a warhead group.
  • the ring formed by the R 3 and R 1 groups of formula I comprises a warhead group.
  • the phrase “comprises a warhead group” means that the ring formed by R 3 and R 1 is either substituted with a warhead group or has such a warhead group incorporated within the ring.
  • the ring formed by R 3 and R 1 may be substituted with an -L-Y warhead group, wherein such groups are as described herein.
  • the ring formed by R 3 and R 1 has the appropriate features of a warhead group incorporated within the ring.
  • the ring formed by R 3 and R 1 may include one or more units of unsaturation and optional substituents and/or heteroatoms which, in combination, result in a moiety that is capable of covalently modifying HCV protease in accordance with the present invention.
  • the ring formed by R 3 and R 1 is optionally substituted at the ⁇ -, ⁇ -, or ⁇ -position with respect to the carbon to which R 4 is attached.
  • R 3 and R 1 are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted saturated or unsaturated 12-18 membered ring having 2-6 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen oxygen, or sulfur, such compounds include those wherein R 3 and a ring formed by R 1 and R 1′ are taken together.
  • Exemplary compounds of formula I wherein R 3 and a ring formed by R 1 and R 1′ are taken together include those of formula I-c-1, I-c-2, I-c-3, I-c-4, I-c-5-, and I-c-6:
  • R 2a , R 4 , and R z is as defined above and described in classes and subclasses herein.
  • formulae I-c-1, I-c-2, I-c-3, I-c-4, I-c-5, and I-c-6 depict a cyclopropyl ring formed by R 1 and R′′, this group is depicted for the purposes of exemplification and therefore other R 1 and R 1′ groups, as described herein, are contemplated.
  • Exemplary such compounds include those set forth in Table 3, infra.
  • compounds of formulae I-c-1, I-c-2, I-c-3, I-c-4, I-c-5, and I-c-6 are depicted as having (Z)-double bond stereochemistry in the macrocyclic ring, it will be understood that, in certain embodiments, compounds of formulae I-c-1, I-c-2, I-c-3, I-c-4, I-c-5, and I-c-6 may be provided having (E)-double bond stereochemistry in the macrocylic ring. In some embodiments, mixtures of both stereoisomers are provided. In other embodiments, compounds of formulae I-c-1, I-c-2, I-c-3, I-c-4, I-c-5, and I-c-6 may be treated under suitable conditions to saturate the double bond.
  • R 1 and R 1′ are taken together to form an optionally substituted 3-7 membered carbocyclic ring.
  • such compounds are of formula I-d:
  • each R 2a , R 3 , R 4 , R z , and R ⁇ is as defined in formula I and described in classes and subclasses above and herein.
  • R ⁇ is an optionally substituted group selected from C 1-6 aliphatic. In some embodiments, R ⁇ is ethyl. In other embodiments, R ⁇ is vinyl.
  • R 3 groups of formula I-d include those described above and herein, as well as those depicted in Table 3, below.
  • R 4 and R z are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted, saturated or unsaturated 16-22 membered ring having 2-6 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. In some embodiments, R 4 and R z are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted, unsaturated 18-22 membered ring having 3-5 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • the ring formed by R 4 and R z is substituted with one or more R m groups, wherein each occurrence of R m is independently halogen, —OR ⁇ ; —CN; —SCN; —SR ⁇ ; —SOR ⁇ ; —SO 2 R ⁇ ; —NO 2 ; —N(R ⁇ ) 2 ; —NHC(O)R ⁇ , or an optionally substituted group selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 aliphatic and C 3-7 cycloalkyl.
  • the present invention provides compounds of formula I-e or I-f:
  • each of m, s, t, R 2a , R 3 , R y , and R ⁇ is as defined in formula I and described in classes and subclasses above and herein; p is an integer from 1 to 6, inclusive; and each occurrence of R m is independently halogen, —OR ⁇ ; —CN; —N(R ⁇ ) 2 ; or an optionally substituted group selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 aliphatic and C 3-7 cycloalkyl.
  • p is 1. In some embodiments, p is 2.
  • R m is C 1-6 aliphatic. In some embodiments, R m is methyl.
  • R ⁇ is an optionally substituted group selected from C 1-6 aliphatic. In some embodiments, R ⁇ is ethyl. In other embodiments, R ⁇ is vinyl.
  • R 3 groups of formulae I-e and I-f include those described herein and depicted in Table 3, below.
  • compounds of formulae I-e and I-f are depicted as having either (Z) or (E) double bond stereochemistry in the macrocyclic ring, it will be understood that, in certain embodiments, compounds of formulae I-e and I-f may be provided having (E)-double bond stereochemistry in the macrocyclic ring. In certain embodiments, compounds of formulae I-e and I-f may be provided having (Z)-double bond stereochemistry in the macrocylic ring. In some embodiments, mixtures of both stereoisomers are provided. In other embodiments, compounds of formulae I-e and I-f may be treated under suitable conditions to saturate the double bond, thereby forming a compound of formula I-g or I-h:
  • R 4 and R z are taken together as described above, and R 3 and a ring formed by R 1 and R 1, are taken together as described above, to form novel bimacrocyclic compounds.
  • the ring formed by R 4 and R z is substituted with one or more R m groups as described above for formulae I-e and I-f.
  • the macrocyclic ring formed by R 3 and a ring formed by R 1 and R 1, is substituted with an -L-Y warhead group to provide a compound of formula I-j or I-k:
  • a methylene unit of the macrocyclic ring formed by R 3 and a ring formed by R 1 and R 1, is replaced by an L-Y moiety to provide a compound of formula I-m or I-n:
  • the R 4 group for compounds of formula I is hydrogen.
  • the present invention provides a compound of formula II-a or II-b:
  • R 1 , R 1′ , R 2 , R 3 , and R z groups is as defined for formula I above and described in classes and subclasses herein.
  • the present invention provides any compound depicted in Table 3, above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • R 3 is a warhead group. Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, it is believed that such R 3 groups, i.e. warhead groups, are particularly suitable for covalently binding to a key cysteine residue in the binding domain of HCV protease.
  • R 3 groups i.e. warhead groups
  • Such R 3 groups are particularly suitable for covalently binding to a key cysteine residue in the binding domain of HCV protease.
  • HCV protease, and mutants thereof have a cysteine residue in the binding domain.
  • compounds of the present invention have a warhead group characterized in that inventive compounds may target the C159 cysteine residue of HCV protease.
  • R 3 is characterized in that the -L-Y moiety is capable of covalently binding to a cysteine residue thereby irreversibly inhibiting the enzyme.
  • the cysteine residue is Cys159 of HCV protease, or a mutant thereof, where the provided residue numbering is in accordance with Uniprot (code Q91RS4).
  • warhead groups as defined herein, are suitable for such covalent bonding.
  • Such R 3 groups include, but are not limited to, those described herein and depicted in Table 3, supra. This phenomenon may be determined by performing mass spectroscopic experiments using the protocol described in detail in Examples 17 through 21, infra.
  • the present invention provides a conjugate comprising HCV protease, or a mutant thereof, covalently bonded to an inhibitor at Cys159.
  • the inhibitor is covalently bonded via a linker moiety.
  • the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula Cys159-linker-inhibitor moiety.
  • the “linker” group corresponds to an -L-Y warhead group as described herein. Accordingly, in certain embodiments, the linker group is as defined for -L-Y was defined above and described in classes and subclasses herein. It will be appreciated, however, that the linker group is bivalent and, therefore, the corresponding -L-Y group is also intended to be bivalent resulting from the reaction of the warhead with the Cys159 of HCV protease, or a mutant thereof.
  • the inhibitor moiety is a compound of formula A:
  • each of the R 1 , R 1′ , R 2a , R 4 , and R z groups of formula A is as defined for formula I above and described in classes and subclasses herein.
  • the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula:
  • each of the R 1 , R 1′ , R 2a , R 4 , and R z groups of the conjugate is as defined for formula I above and described in classes and subclasses herein.
  • R 3 is characterized in that the -L-Y moiety is capable of covalently binding to a cysteine residue thereby irreversibly inhibiting the enzyme.
  • the cysteine residue is Cys16 of HCV protease, or a mutant thereof, where the provided residue numbering is in accordance with Uniprot (code Q91RS4).
  • the present invention provides a conjugate comprising HCV protease, or a mutant thereof, covalently bonded to an inhibitor at Cys16.
  • the inhibitor is covalently bonded via a linker moiety.
  • the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula Cys16-linker-inhibitor moiety.
  • the “linker” group corresponds to an -L-Y warhead group as described herein. Accordingly, in certain embodiments, the linker group is as defined for -L-Y was defined above and described in classes and subclasses herein. It will be appreciated, however, that the linker group is bivalent and, therefore, the corresponding -L-Y group is also intended to be bivalent resulting from the reaction of the warhead with the Cys16 of HCV protease, or a mutant thereof.
  • the inhibitor moiety is a compound of formula A-1:
  • each of the R 1 , R 1′ , R 2a , R 4 , and R z groups of formula A-1 is as defined for formula I above and described in classes and subclasses herein.
  • the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula:
  • each of the R 1 , R 1′ , R 2a , R 4 , and R z groups of the conjugate is as defined for formula I above and described in classes and subclasses herein.
  • the present compounds are generally prepared according to Scheme 1 set forth below:
  • the present invention provides methods for preparing compounds of formula I, according to the steps depicted in Scheme 1 above wherein each variable is as defined and described herein and each PG is a suitable protecting group.
  • an N-protected (e.g. Boc) proline derivative of formula A is condensed with an alpha-aminoester of formula B using peptide coupling conditions to give a dipeptide of formula C.
  • Suitable peptide coupling conditions are well known in the art and include those described in detail in PCT publication number WO2002094822 (U.S. Pat. No. 6,825,347), the entirety of which is hereby incorporated by reference. Unless otherwise indicated, said conditions are referenced as suitable peptide coupling conditions throughout this application.
  • the ester group is hydrolyzed with a suitable base and subsequently neutralized to give a dipeptide of formula D.
  • suitable bases include, but are not limited to, alkaline metals, alkaline earth metal hydroxides, and combinations thereof.
  • the base is lithium hydroxide.
  • a dipeptide of formula D is coupled with a sulfonamide of formula E using suitable peptide coupling conditions to give an acylsulfonamide of formula F.
  • cleavage of the protective group e.g. Boc removal
  • cleavage of the Boc group is achieved by contacting a compound of formula F with a mineral or organic acid in a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent.
  • the acid is trifluoroacetic acid and the solvent is dichloromethane.
  • an amine of formula G is coupled with an carboxylic acid of formula H using suitable peptide coupling conditions to give an intermediate compound of formula I-0.
  • the PG group of formulae A, C, D, and F is a suitable amino protecting group.
  • Suitable amino protecting groups are well known in the art and include those described in detail in Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis , T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, 3 rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1999, the entirety of which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • Protected amines are well known in the art and include those described in detail in Greene (1999).
  • Suitable mono-protected amines further include, but are not limited to, aralkylamines, carbamates, allyl amines, amides, and the like.
  • Suitable mono-protected amino moieties include t-butyloxycarbonylamino (—NHBOC), ethyloxycarbonylamino, methyloxycarbonylamino, trichloroethyloxycarbonylamino, allyloxycarbonylamino (—NHAlloc), benzyloxocarbonylamino (—NHCBZ), allylamino, benzylamino (—NHBn), fluorenylmethylcarbonyl (—NHFmoc), formamido, acetamido, chloroacetamido, dichloroacetamido, trichloroacetamido, phenylacetamido, trifluoroacetamido, benzamido, t-butyldiphenylsilyl, and the like.
  • Suitable di-protected amines include amines that are substituted with two substituents independently selected from those described above as mono-protected amines, and further include cyclic imides, such as phthalimide, maleimide, succinimide, and the like.
  • the present compounds are generally prepared according to Scheme 2 set forth below.
  • the present invention provides methods for preparing compounds of formula I, according to the steps depicted in Scheme 1 above.
  • step S-6 removal of the Boc group from a dipeptide of formula C is achieved under acid-catalyzed conditions to give a dipeptide ester of formula J.
  • a dipeptide ester of formula J is condensed with a functionalized amino acid of formula H using suitable peptide coupling conditions to give a tripeptide ester of formula K which is further converted to a tripeptide ester of formula L in steps which are described as examples herein.
  • the ester group on a compound of formula L is hydrolyzed with a suitable base and subsequently neutralized to give a tripeptide of formula M.
  • suitable bases include, but are not limited to, alkaline metals, alkaline earth metal hydroxides, and combinations thereof.
  • the base is lithium hydroxide.
  • a tripeptide of formula M is condensed with a sulfonamide of formula E using suitable peptide coupling conditions to give compounds of formula I.
  • the PG group of formulae C, H, and K is a suitable amino protecting group as described above.
  • the invention provides a composition comprising a compound of this invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle.
  • the amount of compound in compositions of this invention is such that is effective to measurably inhibit HCV protease, or a mutant thereof, in a biological sample or in a patient.
  • the amount of compound in compositions of this invention is such that is effective to measurably inhibit HCV protease, or a mutant thereof, in a biological sample or in a patient.
  • a composition of this invention is formulated for administration to a patient in need of such composition.
  • a composition of this invention is formulated for oral administration to a patient.
  • patient means an animal, preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human.
  • compositions of this invention refers to a non-toxic carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle that does not destroy the pharmacological activity of the compound with which it is formulated.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants or vehicles that may be used in the compositions of this invention include, but are not limited to, ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, serum proteins, such as human serum albumin, buffer substances such as phosphates, glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water, salts or electrolytes, such as protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium chloride, zinc salts, colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cellulose-based substances, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyacrylates, waxes, polyethylene-polyoxypropylene-block
  • a “pharmaceutically acceptable derivative” means any non-toxic salt, ester, salt of an ester or other derivative of a compound of this invention that, upon administration to a recipient, is capable of providing, either directly or indirectly, a compound of this invention or an inhibitorily active metabolite or residue thereof.
  • inhibitors or residue thereof means that a metabolite or residue thereof is also an inhibitor of HCV protease, or a mutant thereof.
  • compositions of the present invention may be administered orally, parenterally, by inhalation spray, topically, rectally, nasally, buccally, vaginally or via an implanted reservoir.
  • parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-articular, intra-synovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intrahepatic, intralesional and intracranial injection or infusion techniques.
  • the compositions are administered orally, intraperitoneally or intravenously.
  • Sterile injectable forms of the compositions of this invention may be aqueous or oleaginous suspension. These suspensions may be formulated according to techniques known in the art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents.
  • the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butanediol.
  • a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent for example as a solution in 1,3-butanediol.
  • acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
  • sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
  • any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or di-glycerides.
  • Fatty acids such as oleic acid and its glyceride derivatives are useful in the preparation of injectables, as are natural pharmaceutically-acceptable oils, such as olive oil or castor oil, especially in their polyoxyethylated versions.
  • These oil solutions or suspensions may also contain a long-chain alcohol diluent or dispersant, such as carboxymethyl cellulose or similar dispersing agents that are commonly used in the formulation of pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms including emulsions and suspensions.
  • Other commonly used surfactants such as Tweens, Spans and other emulsifying agents or bioavailability enhancers which are commonly used in the manufacture of pharmaceutically acceptable solid, liquid, or other dosage forms may also be used for the purposes of formulation.
  • compositions of this invention may be orally administered in any orally acceptable dosage form including, but not limited to, capsules, tablets, aqueous suspensions or solutions.
  • carriers commonly used include lactose and corn starch.
  • Lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, are also typically added.
  • useful diluents include lactose and dried cornstarch.
  • aqueous suspensions are required for oral use, the active ingredient is combined with emulsifying and suspending agents. If desired, certain sweetening, flavoring or coloring agents may also be added.
  • compositions of this invention may be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration.
  • suppositories for rectal administration.
  • suppositories can be prepared by mixing the agent with a suitable non-irritating excipient that is solid at room temperature but liquid at rectal temperature and therefore will melt in the rectum to release the drug.
  • suitable non-irritating excipient include cocoa butter, beeswax and polyethylene glycols.
  • compositions of this invention may also be administered topically, especially when the target of treatment includes areas or organs readily accessible by topical application, including diseases of the eye, the skin, or the lower intestinal tract. Suitable topical formulations are readily prepared for each of these areas or organs.
  • Topical application for the lower intestinal tract can be effected in a rectal suppository formulation (see above) or in a suitable enema formulation. Topically-transdermal patches may also be used.
  • compositions may be formulated in a suitable ointment containing the active component suspended or dissolved in one or more carriers.
  • Carriers for topical administration of compounds of this invention include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum, propylene glycol, polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropylene compound, emulsifying wax and water.
  • provided pharmaceutically acceptable compositions can be formulated in a suitable lotion or cream containing the active components suspended or dissolved in one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  • Suitable carriers include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, sorbitan monostearate, polysorbate 60, cetyl esters wax, cetearyl alcohol, 2-octyldodecanol, benzyl alcohol and water.
  • compositions may be formulated as micronized suspensions in isotonic, pH adjusted sterile saline, or, preferably, as solutions in isotonic, pH adjusted sterile saline, either with or without a preservative such as benzylalkonium chloride.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable compositions may be formulated in an ointment such as petrolatum.
  • compositions of this invention may also be administered by nasal aerosol or inhalation.
  • Such compositions are prepared according to techniques well-known in the art of pharmaceutical formulation and may be prepared as solutions in saline, employing benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, absorption promoters to enhance bioavailability, fluorocarbons, and/or other conventional solubilizing or dispersing agents.
  • compositions of this invention are formulated for oral administration. Such formulations may be administered with or without food. In some embodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this invention are administered without food. In other embodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this invention are administered with food.
  • compositions of the present invention that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a composition in a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated, the particular mode of administration.
  • provided compositions should be formulated so that a dosage of between 0.01-100 mg/kg body weight/day of the inhibitor can be administered to a patient receiving these compositions.
  • a specific dosage and treatment regimen for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors, including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, and the judgment of the treating physician and the severity of the particular disease being treated.
  • the amount of a compound of the present invention in the composition will also depend upon the particular compound in the composition.
  • Compounds and compositions described herein are generally useful for the inhibition of HCV protease activity and/or the activity of a mutant thereof. Thus, provided compounds are useful for treating non-A, non-B hepatitis, including hepatitis C.
  • HCV is an extremely variable virus that forms polymorphic swarms of variants within the host.
  • Six different genotypes have now been defined (Simmonds et al., Hepatology, Vol. 42, No. 4, 2005). These genotypes have been further classified into more closely related, genetically distinct subtypes. Comparative sequence portions, known as consensus sequences, are set forth in Table 3a, below.
  • HCV genotypes and subtypes are distributed differently in different parts of the world, and certain genotypes predominate in certain areas. Genotypes 1-3 are widely distributed throughout the world. Subtype 1a is prevalent in North and South America, Europe, and Australia. Subtype 1b is common in North America and Europe, and is also found in parts of Asia.
  • Genotype 2 is present in most developed countries, but is less common than genotype 1 (http://www.hcvadvocate.org/hepatitis/factsheets_pdf/genotype_FS.pdf). Other genotypes are prevalent in ex-US patient populations and are therefore important targets.
  • cysteine located at amino acid position 159 in genotype 1b is conserved in all genotypes and subtypes of HCV NS3 sequenced to date, although the amino acid position may be different in other genotypes and subtypes. Targeting this cysteine residue with irreversible inhibitors should enable the development of agents which are effective against multiple HCV genotypes.
  • the present invention provides irreversible inhibitors of one or more HCV protease genotypes, and variants thereof.
  • Such compounds comprising a warhead group designated as R 3 , include those of formulae I, I-a, I-b, I-c-1, I-c-2, I-c-3, I-c-4, I-c-5, I-c-6, I-d, I-e, I-f, I-g, I-h, II-a, and II-b, as described herein.
  • R 3 is characterized in that the -L-Y moiety is capable of covalently binding to a cysteine residue thereby irreversibly inhibiting the enzyme.
  • R 3 groups i.e. warhead groups
  • warhead groups are particularly suitable for covalently binding to a key cysteine residue in the binding domain of one or more HCV protease genotypes or variants thereof.
  • one or more genotypes inhibited by compounds of the present invention include 1a, 1b, 2a, and 3a.
  • one or more such variants include A156T, A156S, D168V, D168A, and R155K.
  • HCV protease genotypes and variants thereof have one or more cysteine residues near the binding domain. Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, it is believed that proximity of a warhead group to the cysteine of interest facilitates covalent modification of that cysteine by the warhead group.
  • the cysteine residue of interest is Cys159 of HCV protease subtype 1b, or a variant thereof, where the provided residue numbering is in accordance with Uniprot (code Q91RS4).
  • Cysteine residues of other HCV protease genotypes and subtypes suitable for covalent modification by irreversible inhibitors of the present invention include those summarized in Table 3a, below, where the bold and underlined “ C ” refers to a cysteine residue conserved at an equivalent position to Cys159 of HCV protease subtype 1b.
  • BILN 2061 and VX-950 are depicted below.
  • Resistance to specific antiviral drugs is a major factor limiting the efficacy of therapies against many retroviruses or RNA viruses.
  • the error-prone nature of these viruses allows for the development of mutations that afford resistance to currently available drugs or drugs undergoing clinical testing.
  • the resistance problem is a critical hurdle faced in drug development of new HCV-specific inhibitors to treat HCV patients.
  • HCV protease mutants include A156T, A156S, D168V, and D168A and R155K.
  • HCV protease inhibitors e.g., VX-950 and BILN 2061
  • no drug described in the prior art has been shown to be an effective inhibitor of all known HCV protease mutants.
  • Tables 4a and 4b below where the BILN 2061 and VX-950 data are as reported by Lin et al. and elsewhere in the HCV literature, and the data for compound I-3 was obtained according to methods set forth in the Examples, infra.
  • compounds of the present invention may be effective inhibitors of drug resistant forms of HCV protease. While Table 4b shows compound I-3 activity against four reference HCV variants (A156T, A156S, D168V, and D168A), the ensuing examples will describe other provided compounds of the invention that are active against these variants as well as a fifth (R155K) variant.
  • a compound of formula I is more effective at inhibiting HCV protease, or a mutant thereof, as compared to a corresponding compound of formula I wherein the R 3 moiety of formula I is instead a non-warhead group, such as straight alkyl (e.g., unsubstituted alkyl), branched alkyl, cycloalkyl, or alkenyl.
  • a compound of formula I can be more effective at inhibition of HCV protease, or a mutant thereof, as compared to a corresponding compound of formula I wherein the R 3 moiety of formula I is instead a non-warhead moiety such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl (e.g., t-butyl), unsubstituted straight or branched alkenyl (e.g. C 1-8 alkenyl), cyclohexyl, or cyclopentyl.
  • the R 3 moiety of formula I is instead a non-warhead moiety such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl (e.g., t-butyl), unsubstituted straight or branched alkenyl (e.g. C 1-8 alkenyl), cyclohexyl, or cyclopentyl.
  • a compound of formula I can be more potent with respect to an IC 50 against HCV protease, or a mutant such as A156T, A156S, D168V, D168A, or other mutants such as those disclosed herein, than a corresponding compound of formula I wherein the R 3 moiety of formula I is instead a non-warhead moiety such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl (e.g., t-butyl), unsubstituted straight or branched alkenyl (e.g. C 1-8 alkenyl), cyclohexyl, or cyclopentyl.
  • a non-warhead moiety such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl (e.g., t-butyl), unsubstituted straight or branched alkenyl (e.g. C 1-8 alkenyl), cyclohexyl, or cyclopentyl.
  • Such comparative potency of a compound of formula I as compared to a corresponding compound of formula I wherein the R 3 moiety of formula I is instead a non-warhead moiety can be determined by standard time-dependent assay methods, such as those described in detail in the Examples section, infra.
  • a compound of formula I is measurably more potent than a corresponding compound of formula I wherein the R 3 moiety of formula I is instead a non-warhead moiety such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl (e.g., t-butyl), unsubstituted straight or branched alkenyl (e.g.
  • a compound of formula I is measurably more potent, wherein such potency is observed after about 1 minute, about 2 minutes, about 5 minutes, about 10 minutes, about 20 minutes, about 30 minutes, about 1 hour, about 2 hours, about 3 hours, about 4 hours, about 8 hours, about 12 hours, about 16 hours, about 24 hours, or about 48 hours, than a corresponding compound of formula I wherein the R 3 moiety of formula I is instead a non-warhead moiety such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl (e.g., t-butyl), unsubstituted straight or branched alkenyl (e.g.
  • a compound of formula I is any of about 1.5 times, about 2 times, about 5 times, about 10 times, about 20 times, about 25 times, about 50 times, about 100 times, or even about 1000 times more potent than a corresponding compound of formula I wherein the R 3 moiety of formula I is instead a non-warhead moiety such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl (e.g., t-butyl), unsubstituted straight or branched alkenyl (e.g. C 1-8 alkenyl), cyclohexyl, or cyclopentyl.
  • clinical drug resistance refers to the loss of susceptibility of a drug target to drug treatment as a consequence of mutations in the drug target
  • the term “resistance” refers to changes in the wild-type nucleic acid sequence coding a target protein, and/or the protein sequence of the target, which changes decrease or abolish the inhibitory effect of the inhibitor on the target protein.
  • proteases that are inhibited by the compounds and compositions described herein and against which the methods described herein are useful include NS3, NS3•4A, or a mutant thereof.
  • the activity of a compound utilized in this invention as an inhibitor of NS3, NS3•4A, or a mutant thereof may be assayed in vitro, in vivo or in a cell line.
  • In vitro assays include assays that determine inhibition of either the serine protease activity and/or the subsequent functional consequences, or ATPase activity of activated NS3, NS3•4A, or a mutant thereof.
  • Alternate in vitro assays quantitate the ability of the inhibitor to bind to NS3 or NS3•4A. Inhibitor binding may be measured by radiolabelling the inhibitor prior to binding, isolating the inhibitor/NS3 or inhibitor/NS3•4A complex and determining the amount of radiolabel bound.
  • inhibitor binding may be determined by running a competition experiment where new inhibitors are incubated with NS3 or NS3•4A bound to known radioligands.
  • Detailed conditions for assaying a compound utilized in this invention as an inhibitor of NS3 or NS3•4A, or a mutant thereof, are set forth in the Examples below.
  • Serine proteases are a large family of proteolytic enzymes that cleave peptide bonds in proteins.
  • the serine protease family includes the digestive enzymes chymotrypsin, trypsin, and elastase, and proteases involved in blood clotting.
  • Serine proteases possess a characteristic “catalytic triad” comprising serine, aspartic acid, and histidine, that together function to activate serine to form a covalent bond with the enzyme substrate, thereby hydrolyzing a peptide bond.
  • serine proteases participate in a variety of functions including immunity and inflammation.
  • treatment refers to reversing, alleviating, delaying the onset of, or inhibiting the progress of a disease or disorder, or one or more symptoms thereof, as described herein.
  • treatment may be administered after one or more symptoms have developed.
  • treatment may be administered in the absence of symptoms.
  • treatment may be administered to a susceptible individual prior to the onset of symptoms (e.g., in light of a history of symptoms and/or in light of genetic or other susceptibility factors). Treatment may also be continued after symptoms have resolved, for example to prevent or delay their recurrence.
  • the compounds and compositions, according to the method of the present invention may be administered using any amount and any route of administration effective for treating or lessening the severity of cancer, an autoimmune disorder, a neurodegenerative or neurological disorder, schizophrenia, a bone-related disorder, liver disease, or a cardiac disorder.
  • the exact amount required will vary from subject to subject, depending on the species, age, and general condition of the subject, the severity of the infection, the particular agent, its mode of administration, and the like.
  • the compounds of the invention are preferably formulated in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage.
  • dosage unit form refers to a physically discrete unit of agent appropriate for the patient to be treated.
  • the specific effective dose level for any particular patient or organism will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the activity of the specific compound employed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed, and like factors well known in the medical arts.
  • patient means an animal, preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human.
  • compositions of this invention can be administered to humans and other animals orally, rectally, parenterally, intracisternally, intravaginally, intraperitoneally, topically (as by powders, ointments, or drops), bucally, as an oral or nasal spray, or the like, depending on the severity of the infection being treated.
  • the compounds of the invention may be administered orally or parenterally at dosage levels of about 0.01 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg and preferably from about 1 mg/kg to about 25 mg/kg, of subject body weight per day, one or more times a day, to obtain the desired therapeutic effect.
  • a provided composition is administered to a patient in need thereof once daily. Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, it is believed that prolonged duration of action of an irreversible inhibitor of HCV NS3 protease is particularly advantageous for once daily administration to a patient in need thereof for the treatment of a disorder associated with HCV NS3 protease.
  • a provided composition is administered to a patient in need thereof at least once daily. In other embodiments, a provided composition is administered to a patient in need thereof twice daily, three times daily, or four times daily.
  • Compounds of formula I for example, generally provide prolonged duration of action when administered to a patient as compared to a corresponding compound of formula I wherein the R 3 moiety of formula I is instead a non-warhead moiety such as straight alkyl (e.g., unsubstituted alkyl), branched alkyl, cycloalkyl, or alkenyl.
  • R 3 moiety of formula I is instead a non-warhead moiety such as straight alkyl (e.g., unsubstituted alkyl), branched alkyl, cycloalkyl, or alkenyl.
  • a compound of formula I can provide prolonged duration of action when administered to a patient as compared to a corresponding compound of formula I wherein the R 3 moiety of formula I is instead a non-warhead moiety such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl (e.g., t-butyl), unsubstituted straight or branched alkenyl (e.g. C 1-8 alkenyl), cyclohexyl, or cyclopentyl.
  • the R 3 moiety of formula I is instead a non-warhead moiety such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl (e.g., t-butyl), unsubstituted straight or branched alkenyl (e.g. C 1-8 alkenyl), cyclohexyl, or cyclopentyl.
  • Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include, but are not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs.
  • the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
  • the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubil
  • sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspensions may be formulated according to the known art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents.
  • the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution, suspension or emulsion in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol.
  • acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, U.S.P. and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
  • sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
  • any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides.
  • fatty acids such as oleic acid are used in the preparation of injectables.
  • the injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium prior to use.
  • the rate of compound release can be controlled.
  • biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides).
  • Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the compound in liposomes or microemulsions that are compatible with body tissues.
  • compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are preferably suppositories which can be prepared by mixing the compounds of this invention with suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
  • suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
  • Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules.
  • the active compound is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or a) fillers or extenders such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid, b) binders such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidinone, sucrose, and acacia, c) humectants such as glycerol, d) disintegrating agents such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate, e) solution retarding agents such as paraffin, f) absorption accelerators such as quaternary ammonium compounds, g) wetting agents such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and gly
  • Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
  • the solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions that can be used include polymeric substances and waxes. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polethylene glycols and the like.
  • the active compounds can also be in micro-encapsulated form with one or more excipients as noted above.
  • the solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings, release controlling coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art.
  • the active compound may be admixed with at least one inert diluent such as sucrose, lactose or starch.
  • Such dosage forms may also comprise, as is normal practice, additional substances other than inert diluents, e.g., tableting lubricants and other tableting aids such a magnesium stearate and microcrystalline cellulose.
  • the dosage forms may also comprise buffering agents. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner.
  • buffering agents include polymeric substances and waxes.
  • Dosage forms for topical or transdermal administration of a compound of this invention include ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, powders, solutions, sprays, inhalants or patches.
  • the active component is admixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any needed preservatives or buffers as may be required.
  • Ophthalmic formulation, ear drops, and eye drops are also contemplated as being within the scope of this invention.
  • the present invention contemplates the use of transdermal patches, which have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a compound to the body.
  • Such dosage forms can be made by dissolving or dispensing the compound in the proper medium.
  • Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the compound across the skin. The rate can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or by dispersing the compound in a polymer matrix or gel.
  • the invention relates to a method of inhibiting serine protease activity in a biological sample comprising the step of contacting said biological sample with a compound of this invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
  • the invention relates to a method of inhibiting HCV protease, or a mutant thereof, activity in a biological sample comprising the step of contacting said biological sample with a compound of this invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
  • the invention relates to a method of irreversibly inhibiting HCV protease, or a mutant thereof, activity in a biological sample comprising the step of contacting said biological sample with a compound of this invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
  • biological sample includes, without limitation, cell cultures or extracts thereof; biopsied material obtained from a mammal or extracts thereof; and blood, saliva, urine, feces, semen, tears, or other body fluids or extracts thereof.
  • HCV protease or a mutant thereof, activity in a biological sample is useful for a variety of purposes that are known to one of skill in the art. Examples of such purposes include, but are not limited to, blood transfusion, organ-transplantation, biological specimen storage, and biological assays.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention relates to a method of inhibiting HCV protease, or a mutant thereof, activity in a patient comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound of the present invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
  • the invention relates to a method of inhibiting HCV protease, or a mutant thereof, activity in a patient comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound of the present invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
  • the invention relates to a method of irreversibly inhibiting HCV protease, or a mutant thereof, activity in a patient comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound of the present invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
  • the present invention provides a method for treating a disorder mediated by HCV protease, or a mutant thereof, in a patient in need thereof, comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound according to the present invention or pharmaceutically acceptable composition thereof. Such disorders are described in detail herein.
  • additional therapeutic agents which are normally administered to treat that condition, may be administered in combination with compounds and compositions of this invention.
  • additional therapeutic agents that are normally administered to treat a particular disease, or condition are known as “appropriate for the disease, or condition, being treated”.
  • a provided compound, or composition thereof is administered in combination with another inhibitor of HCV protease, or a variant thereof.
  • a provided compound, or composition thereof is administered in combination with another antiviral agent.
  • antiviral agents include, but are not limited to, immunomodulatory agents, such as ⁇ -, ⁇ -, and ⁇ -interferons, pegylated derivatized interferon-a compounds, and thymosin; other anti-viral agents, such as ribavirin, amantadine, and telbivudine; other inhibitors of hepatitis C proteases (NS2-NS3 inhibitors and NS3-NS4A inhibitors, e.g.
  • BILN 2061 and VX-950 inhibitors of other targets in the HCV life cycle, including helicase and polymerase inhibitors; inhibitors of internal ribosome entry; broad-spectrum viral inhibitors, such as IMPDH inhibitors (e.g., mycophenolic acid and derivatives thereof); or combinations of any of the above.
  • IMPDH inhibitors e.g., mycophenolic acid and derivatives thereof
  • a combination of 2 or more antiviral agents may be administered. In certain embodiments, a combination of 3 or more antiviral agents may be administered.
  • the antiviral agents are selected from ribavirin or interferon. In other embodiments, the antiviral agent is ⁇ -interferon.
  • agents the inhibitors of this invention may also be combined with include, without limitation: treatments for Alzheimer's Disease such as Aricept® and Excelon®; treatments for HIV such as ritonavir; treatments for Parkinson's Disease such as L-DOPA/carbidopa, entacapone, ropinrole, pramipexole, bromocriptine, pergolide, trihexephendyl, and amantadine; agents for treating Multiple Sclerosis (MS) such as beta interferon (e.g., Avonex® and Rebif®), Copaxone®, and mitoxantrone; treatments for asthma such as albuterol and Singulair®; agents for treating schizophrenia such as zyprexa, risperdal, seroquel, and haloperidol; anti-inflammatory agents such as corticosteroids, TNF blockers, IL-1 RA, azathioprine, cyclophosphamide, and sulfasalazine; immunomodulatory and
  • compounds of the present invention are administered in combination with a monoclonal antibody or an siRNA therapeutic.
  • Those additional agents may be administered separately from an inventive compound-containing composition, as part of a multiple dosage regimen.
  • those agents may be part of a single dosage form, mixed together with a compound of this invention in a single composition. If administered as part of a multiple dosage regime, the two active agents may be submitted simultaneously, sequentially or within a period of time from one another normally within five hours from one another.
  • the term “combination,” “combined,” and related terms refers to the simultaneous or sequential administration of therapeutic agents in accordance with this invention.
  • a compound of the present invention may be administered with another therapeutic agent simultaneously or sequentially in separate unit dosage forms or together in a single unit dosage form.
  • the present invention provides a single unit dosage form comprising a compound of formula I, an additional therapeutic agent, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle.
  • compositions of this invention should be formulated so that a dosage of between 0.01-100 mg/kg body weight/day of an inventive can be administered.
  • compositions which comprise an additional therapeutic agent that additional therapeutic agent and the compound of this invention may act synergistically. Therefore, the amount of additional therapeutic agent in such compositions will be less than that required in a monotherapy utilizing only that therapeutic agent. In such compositions a dosage of between 0.01-100 mg/kg body weight/day of the additional therapeutic agent can be administered.
  • the amount of additional therapeutic agent present in the compositions of this invention will be no more than the amount that would normally be administered in a composition comprising that therapeutic agent as the only active agent.
  • the amount of additional therapeutic agent in the presently disclosed compositions will range from about 50% to 100% of the amount normally present in a composition comprising that agent as the only therapeutically active agent.
  • step 1a To a solution of the product of step 1a (0.35 g, 0.66 mmol) in 5 mL of THF/MeOH (1:1) was added 1N LiOH aqueous solution (2 mL, 2.0 mmol). After stirring at r.t. for 10 hours, the reaction mixture was neutralized with 1.0 N HCl. The organic solvents were evaporated under vacuum, and the remaining aqueous phase was acidified to pH ⁇ 3 using 1.0 N HCl and was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine, and was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After removal of solvent, 0.3 g of the title compound was obtained: MS m/z: 526.2 (M+Na + ).
  • step 1b To a solution of the product of step 1b (0.30 g, 0.6 mmol) in 10 mL of DCM was added CDI (0.16 g, 1.0 mmol) and the resulting solution was stirred at 40° C. for 1 hour. cyclopropylsulfonamide (0.18 g, 1.5 mmol) and DBU (0.16 g, 1.0 mmol) were added to the reaction mixture. The mixture was stirred at 40° C. for additional 10 hours. The solvent was then removed and the residue was diluted with EtOAc and was washed with aqueous NaOAc buffer (pH ⁇ 5, 2 ⁇ 10 mL), NaHCO 3 solution and brine.
  • aqueous NaOAc buffer pH ⁇ 5, 2 ⁇ 10 mL
  • step 1c The product from step 1c (0.25 g, 0.41 mmol) was dissolved in 4 N HCl in dioxane. The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 1 hour. After removal of solvents, a 10-mL portion of DCM was poured in followed by evaporation to dryness. This process of DCM addition followed by evaporation was repeated four times to give a residue solid which was used directly for the next step: MS m/z: 507.0 (M+H + ).
  • step 1d To a solution of the product of step 1d (0.16 g, 0.28 mmol) and N-Boc-3-(Fmoc)amino-L-alanine (0.15 g, 0.35 mmol) in 5.0 mL of DMF was added HATU (125 mg, 0.33 mmol) and DIEA (130 mg, 1.0 mmol) at r.t. under stirring. TLC analysis indicated completion of the coupling reaction had occurred after one hour. A 20-mL portion of EtOAc was poured in and the mixture was washed with a buffer (pH ⁇ 4, AcONa/AcOH), NaHCO 3 and brine, and was dried over MgSO 4 . After removal of solvent, the crude oil product was subject to chromatography on silica gel (eluents: EtOAc/hexane). A total of 0.14 g of the title compound was obtained.
  • HATU 125 mg, 0.33 mmol
  • DIEA 130 mg,
  • step 2a The product from step 2a (0.10 g, 0.15 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL of 4 N HCl in dixoxane and the reaction was stirred for 1 hour at RT. After removal of solvents, a 3-mL portion of DCM was poured in followed by evaporation to dryness. This process of DCM addition followed by evaporation was repeated three times to give the title compound Intermediate 2b as its HCl salt (0.10 g). MS m/z: 564.0 (M+H + ).
  • Compound I-15 was made by following the procedures described in Example 3, using allyl bromide in step 3b in place of methyl iodide.
  • step 1e The Intermediate 1e from step 1e was treated with 4 N HCl according to the procedure described in step 1 d to afford the Intermediate 4a as its HCl salt. MS m/z: 815.2 (M+H + ).
  • the ester obtained was then subjected to basic hydrolysis in 1 mL of THF and 1 mL of t-butanol with 0.5 mL of 1 M aqueous LiOH solution. After 30 min, 0.6 mL of 1 M HCl was added, and the resulting mixture was extracted with 30 mL of ethyl acetate. After drying over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the organic layer was filtrated, concentrated to give the desired acid.
  • the Intermediate 7a was made following the procedure described for the synthesis of Intermediate 3c by using 5-bromopent-1-ene as the alkylating reagent.
  • the Intermediate 7b was made by coupling Intermediate 1d from Example 1 and Intermediate 7a using HATU following the coupling reactions described for Intermediate 1e in Example 1. MS: 946.2 (M+1).
  • the debenzylation was done with 13 mg of Pd(OAc) 2 , 24 uL of Et 3 N, 278 uL of Et 3 SiH in 2 mL of dichloromethane at rt for 30 min. After filtration, the concentrated residue was subject to Grignard reagent (2.5 equiv) addition at ⁇ 78° C. for 2 hr. After quenching with diluted acid, the product was extracted with dichloromethane and dried over MgSO 4 . The concentrated product is desired intermediate 10-2, which was used directly for next step.
  • the single-chain proteolytic domain (NS4A 21-32 -GSGS-NS 33-631 ) was cloned into pET-14b (Novagen, Madison, Wis.) and transformed into DH10B cells (Invitrogen). The resulting plasmid was transferred into Escherichia coli BL21 (Novagen) for protein expression and purification as described previously (1, 2). Briefly, the cultures were grown at 37° C. in LB medium containing 100 ⁇ g/mL of ampicillin until the optical density at 600 nm (OD600) reached 1.0 and were induced by addition of isopropyl- ⁇ -D-thiogalactopyranoside (IPTG) to 1 mM. After an additional incubation at 18° C.
  • IPTG isopropyl- ⁇ -D-thiogalactopyranoside
  • bacteria were harvested by centrifugation at 6,000 ⁇ g for 10 min and resuspended in a lysis buffer containing 50 mM Na 3 PO 4 , pH 8.0, 300 mM NaCl, 5 mM 2-mercaptoethanol, 10% glycerol, 0.5% Igepal CA630, and a protease inhibitor cocktail consisting of 1 mM phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride, 0.5 ⁇ g/mL leupeptin, pepstatin A, and 2 mM benzamidine. Cells were lysed by freezing and thawing, followed by sonication. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation at 12,000 ⁇ g for 30 min.
  • the supernatant was further clarified by passing through a 0.45- ⁇ m filter (Corning) and then loaded onto a HiTrap chelating column charged with NiSO 4 (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech).
  • the bound protein was eluted with an imidazole solution in a 100-to-500 mM linear gradient. Selected fractions were run through Ni 2+ column chromatography and were analyzed on a 10% sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS)-polyacrylamide gel.
  • SDS sodium dodecyl sulfate
  • the purified protein was resolved by electrophoresis in a 12% SDS-PAGE gel and then transferred onto a nitrocellulose membrane.
  • the protein was analyzed by Western blot analysis using monoclonal antibodies against NS3.
  • Proteins were visualized by using a chemiluminescence kit (Roche) with horseradish peroxidase-conjugated goat anti-mouse antibodies (Pierce) as secondary antibodies. The protein was aliquoted and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • the mutant DNA fragments of NS4A/NS3 were generated by PCR and cloned into pET expression vector. After transformation into BL21 competent cells, the expression was induced with IPTG for 2 hours. The His-tagged fusion proteins were purified using affinity column followed by size exclusion chromatography.
  • Assay buffer 2% CHAPS, 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 50% glycerol, 2 uM M-2235 (Bachem) substrate.
  • Assay buffer 2% CHAPS, 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 50% glycerol, 2 uM M-2235 (Bachem) substrate.
  • 50 ul reaction add 49 ul assay buffer, 1 ul (1 U) HCV serine protease (Bioenza). Incubate 20 minutes at room temperature. The plate was read at either 350/460 nm (excitation/emission) on a fluorescent micro-plate reader or monitored at one-minute intervals to achieve the kinetic curve.
  • the enzyme tolerated 1% DMSO and 2% methanol.
  • the compounds in pure DMSO were diluted 10 times with 20% methanol (10% DMSO and 20% methanol). This compound solution was added to the reaction (not exceeding 10% of the final reaction volume).
  • the final concentration of the organic solvents was: 1% DMSO and 2% methanol.
  • the compounds were assayed to evaluate the antiviral activity and cytotoxicity of compounds in vitro using HCV RNA replicons.
  • This assay used the cell line ET (luc-ubi-neo/ET), which is a human Huh7 hepatoma cell line that contains an HCV RNA replicon with a stable luciferase (Luc) reporter and three cell culture-adaptive mutations.
  • the HCV RNA levels were directly measured by viral specific TaqMan RT-PCR:
  • the ET cell line was grown in Dulbecco's modified essential media (DMEM), 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS), 1% penicillin-streptomycin (pen-strep), 1% glutamine, 250 ⁇ g/mL G418 in a 5% CO 2 incubator at 37° C. All cell culture reagents were obtained from Mediatech (Manassas, Va.). Cells were trypsinized (1% trypsin:EDTA) and plated out at 5 ⁇ 10 3 cells/well in white 96-well assay plates (Costar) dedicated to cell number (cytotoxicity) or antiviral activity assessments.
  • DMEM Dulbecco's modified essential media
  • FBS fetal bovine serum
  • pen-strep penicillin-streptomycin
  • glutamine 250 ⁇ g/mL G418
  • All cell culture reagents were obtained from Mediatech (Manassas, Va.). Cells were trypsinized (1% trypsin:EDTA
  • Drugs were added at six 3-fold concentrations each and the assay was run in DMEM, 5% FBS, 1% pen-strep, 1% glutamine. Human interferon alpha-2b (PBL Biolabs, New Brunswick, N.J.) was included in each run as a positive control compound. Cells were processed 72 hr post drug addition when the cells are still subconfluent. Antiviral activity was measured by analyzing replicon-derived luciferase activity using the Steady-Glo Luciferase Assay System (Promega, Madison, Wis.) according to manufacturer's instruction. The number of cells in each well was determined by CytoTox-1 reagent (Promega).
  • Compound profile was derived by calculating applicable EC 50 (effective concentration inhibiting virus replication by 50%), EC 90 (effective concentration inhibiting virus replication by 90%), IC 50 (concentration decreasing cell viability by 50%) and SI 50 (selective index: EC 50 /IC 50 ) values.
  • IC 50 values for selected compounds are set forth in Table 5, below.
  • FRET fluorescence resonance energy transfer
  • the two fluorophores form a quenching pair and exhibit FRET within the intact peptide.
  • the protocol was a modified FRET-based assay (v — 02) from In Vitro Resistance Studies of HCV Serine Protease Inhibitors, 2004, JBC, vol. 279, No. 17, pp 17508-17514. Inherent potency of compounds was assessed against A156S, A156T, D168A, and D168V mutants of the HCV NS3/4A 1b protease enzyme as follows:
  • Protease reactions were started with the addition of 45 ⁇ L of the FRET substrate and monitored for 120 minutes at ⁇ ex 487/ ⁇ em 514 through Quad 4 monochromoters in a Synergy 4 plate reader from BioTek (Winooski, Vt.).
  • progress curves from each well were examined for linear reaction kinetics and fit statistics (R 2 , absolute sum of squares).
  • Initial velocity (0 minutes to 30+ minutes) from each reaction was determined from the slope of a plot of relative fluorescence units vs time (minutes) and then plotted against inhibitor concentration to estimate IC 50 from log[Inhibitor] vs Response, Variable Slope model in GraphPad Prism from GraphPad Software (San Diego, Calif.).
  • IC 50 values for selected compounds are set forth in Table 5, below.
  • Table 5 shows the activity of selected compounds of this invention in the FRET Assay.
  • the compound numbers correspond to the compound numbers in Table 3.
  • Compounds having an activity designated as “A” provided an IC 50 ⁇ 10 nM; compounds having an activity designated as “B” provided an IC 50 10-100 nM; compounds having an activity designated as “C” provided an IC 50 of 100-1000 nM; compounds having an activity designated as “D” provided an IC 50 of 1000-10,000 nM; and compounds having an activity designated as “E” provided an IC 50 ⁇ 10,000 nM.
  • IC 50 APP IC 50 APP
  • Table 6 The following protocol was used to generate “apparent” IC 50 (IC 50 APP ) values as depicted in Table 6, below. Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, it is believed that IC 50 APP , contrasted with IC 50 values, may provide a more useful indication of time-dependent inhibition, and are thus more representative of binding affinity.
  • the protocol is a modified FRET-based assay (v — 03) developed to evaluate compound potency, rank-order and resistance profiles against wild type and C159S, A156S, A156T, D168A, D168V, R155K mutants of the HCV NS3/4A 1b protease enzyme as follows: 10 ⁇ stocks of NS3/4A protease enzyme from Bioenza (Mountain View, Calif.) and 1.13 ⁇ 5-FAM/QXLTM 520 FRET peptide substrate from Anaspec (San Jose, Calif.) were prepared in 50 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.5, 5 mM DTT, 2% CHAPS and 20% glycerol.
  • Table 6 shows the activity of selected compounds of this invention in the FRET Assay.
  • the compound numbers correspond to the compound numbers in Table 3.
  • Compounds having an activity designated as “A” provided an IC 50 ⁇ 10 nM; compounds having an activity designated as “B” provided an IC 50 >10 nM and ⁇ 100 nM; compounds having an activity designated as “C” provided an IC 50 >100 nM and ⁇ 1000 nM; compounds having an activity designated as “D” provided an IC 50 >1000 nM and ⁇ 10,000 nM; and compounds having an activity designated as “E” provided an IC 50 ⁇ 10,000 nM.
  • HCV wild type or HCV variant C159S Mass spectrometric analysis of HCV wild type or HCV variant C159S in the presence of test compound is performed. 100 pmols of HCV wild type (Bioenza CA) is incubated with test compound for 1 hr and 3 hrs at 10-fold access of test compound to protein. 1 ul aliquots of the samples (total volume of 4.24 ul) are diluted with 10 ul of 0.1% TFA prior to micro C4 ZipTipping directly onto the MALDI target using Sinapinic acid as the desorption matrix (10 mg/mL in 0.1% TFA:Acetonitrile 50:50).
  • HCV is incubated with test compound for 3 hrs prior to tryptic digestion.
  • Iodoacetamide is used as the alkylating agent after compound incubation.
  • For tryptic digests a 2 ul aliquot (0.06 ug/ul) is diluted with 10 ul of 0.1% TFA prior to micro C18 Zip Tipping directly onto the MALDI target using alpha cyano-4-hydroxy cinnamic acid as the matrix (5 mg/mL in 0.1% TFA:Acetonitrile 50:50).
  • the instrument For tryptic digests the instrument is set in Reflectron mode with a pulsed extraction setting of 1800. Calibration is done using the Laser Biolabs Pep Mix standard (1046.54, 1296.69, 1672.92, 2093.09, 2465.20). For CID/PSD analysis the peptide is selected using cursors to set ion gate timing and fragmentation occurred at a laser power about 20% higher and He is used as the collision gas for CID. Calibration for fragments is done using the P14R fragmentation calibration for the Curved field Reflectron.
  • HCV NS3/4A wild type was incubated for 1 hr at a 10 ⁇ fold access of test compound to protein. 2 ul aliquots of the samples were diluted with 10 ul of 0.1% TFA prior to micro C4 ZipTipping directly onto the MALDI target using Sinapinic acid as the desorption matrix (10 mg/ml in 0.1% TFA:Acetonitrile 50:50). For intact protein mass measurement the instrument was set in linear mode using a pulsed extraction setting of 24,500 and apomyoglobin as the standard to calibrate the instrument.
  • the protein incubated with compound I-1 has reacted significantly to produce a new species at MW 25,218 Da, which is approximately 751 Da heavier and consistent with the mass of compound I-1 at 747 Da.
  • HCV Mutants (A156S), (R155K), (D168A), (A156T), and (D168V) were incubated for 3 hrs at a 10 ⁇ fold access of test compound to protein. 2 ul aliquots of the samples were diluted with 10 ul of 0.1% TFA prior to micro C4 ZipTipping directly onto the MALDI target using Sinapinic acid as the desorption matrix (10 mg/ml in 0.1% TFA:Acetonitrile 50:50). For intact protein mass measurement the instrument was set in linear mode using a pulsed extraction setting of 24,500 and apomyoglobin as the standard to calibrate the instrument.
  • Huh-luc/neo-ET Huh7-Lunet were obtained from ReBLikon Gmbh (Heidelberg, Germany). Cells were grown in Dulbecco modified Eagle medium (DMEM; Invitrogen) supplemented with 2 mM L-glutamine, nonessential amino acids, 100 U of penicillin/ml, 100 ⁇ g of streptomycin/mL, and 10% fetal bovine serum. G418 (Geneticin; Invitrogen) was added at a final concentration of 400 ug//mL. Huh7-Lunet were grown in the absence of G418.
  • DMEM Dulbecco modified Eagle medium
  • G418 Geneticin; Invitrogen
  • Constructs containing clinically relevant mutations were generated by performing site-directed mutagenesis on the pFK-I389-luc-ubi-neo-NS3-3′ET plasmid (ReBLikon Gmbh (Heidelberg, Germany)). using the QuickChange II Site-Directed Mutagenesis Kit (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.) according to manufacturer's directions and with the primers described in Table 7, below.
  • plasmid DNA pFK 1341 PI-Luc/NS3-3′/ET, obtained from ReBLikon Gmbh (Heidelberg, Germany)
  • AseI AseI
  • Seal After restriction digest, DNA was extracted with phenol and chloroform, precipitated with ethanol, and dissolved in RNase-free water.
  • In vitro transcription reactions contained 80 mM HEPES (pH 7.5), 12 mM MgCl 2 , 2 mM spermidine, 40 mM dithiothreitol, a 3.125 mM concentration of each nucleoside triphosphate, 1 U of RNasin. 5 ug of restricted plasmid DNA and 80 U of T7 RNA polymerase (Promega) was used. After 2 h at 37° C., an additional 40 U of T7 polymerase was added, and the reaction was incubated for another 2 h.
  • RNA/well 7 ⁇ 10 4 Huh7-Lunet cells were seeded over night in a 12 well plate, the next day 1 ug of RNA/well was transfected using Mirus Tx (Madison, Wis.) kit. Transfection was performed according to manufacturer's instructions, and 24 hours after transfection cells were either subjected to Luciferase assay or subjected to G418 (400 ug/ml) selection in order to establish stable cell lines.
  • Mirus Tx Mirus Tx (Madison, Wis.) kit. Transfection was performed according to manufacturer's instructions, and 24 hours after transfection cells were either subjected to Luciferase assay or subjected to G418 (400 ug/ml) selection in order to establish stable cell lines.
  • Huh-7-Luc-Neo-ET cells were plated in Replicon Assay Medium (RPMI supplemented with 5% FBS, 1 ⁇ non-essential amino acids and pen/strep) at a density of 1 ⁇ 10 5 cells/well in 12 well plates. Eight hours later the media was removed and replaced with 1 ml media containing test compound (5 wells per compound) and 0.02% DMSO and the cells were returned to the incubator overnight. Sixteen hours later 1 well from each compound and 1 untreated well were washed with PBS, then lysed and scraped into 30 ul of Cell Extraction Buffer (Biosource, Camarillo, Calif.) plus Complete Protease Inhibitor (Roche, Indianapolis, Ind.).
  • Cell lysates were separated by SDS-Page (4-20%) and transferred to Immobilon-P PVDF membrane (Millipore Corporation, MA) and blotted with polyclonal anti NS3 antibody (Bioenza, CA). Blots were scanned on an Odyssey infrared scanner from Licor and the FL band and cleavage products were quantified separately using the Licor software provided with the scanner. The cleavage product was calculated as a percentage of the total NS3 in each sample and then normalized to the DMSO control so that the DMSO control reflects 100% activity.
  • FIG. 8 depicts that the NS3 internal self-cleavage products are inhibited by treatment of replicon cells with Compound I-47 for 16 hours.
  • FIGS. 9 and 9-A depict an irreversible covalent inhibitor (compound I-11) of NS3 protease demonstrate prolonged inhibition of NS3 protease activity in the wild-type replicon cells, as measured by self-cleavage, after the compounds are removed.
  • the compound was incubated with replicon cells for 16 hours and then removed (time 0).
  • Even up to 48 hours after removal of a covalent irreversible NS3 inhibitor NS3 self-cleaving activity is inhibited by at least 50%, whereas a reversible drug, VX-950, shows virtually complete return of activity in as little as 4 hours after drug removal.
  • FIG. 10 depicts an irreversible covalent inhibitor (compound I-25) of NS3 protease demonstrate prolonged inhibition of NS3 protease activity in the wild-type replicon cells, as measured by self-cleavage, after the compounds are removed.
  • the compound was incubated with replicon cells for 16 hours and then removed (time 0).
  • Even up to 48 hours after removal of a covalent irreversible NS3 inhibitor, NS3 self-cleaving activity is inhibited by at least 40%, whereas a reversible drug, VX-950, shows virtually complete return of activity in as little as 8 hours after drug removal.
  • the compounds were assayed to evaluate the antiviral activity and cytotoxicity of compounds using replicon-derived luciferase activity.
  • This assay used the cell line ET (luc-ubi-neo/ET), which is a human Huh7 hepatoma cell line that contains an HCV RNA replicon with a stable luciferase (Luc) reporter and cell culture-adaptive mutations.
  • the ET cell line was grown in a 5% CO 2 incubator at 37° C. in Dulbecco's modified essential media (DMEM) supplemented with 2 mM L-glutamine, nonessential amino acids, 100 U of penicillin/ml, 100 ⁇ g of streptomycin/mL, and 10% fetal bovine serum.
  • DMEM Dulbecco's modified essential media
  • G418 Geneticin; Invitrogen was added at a final concentration of 400 ug//mL.
  • Antiviral activity was measured by analyzing replicon-derived luciferase activity using the Steady-Glo Luciferase Assay System (Promega, Madison, Wis.) according to manufacturer's instruction. The number of cells in each well was determined by Cell Titer Blue Assay (Promega). Compound profile was derived by calculating applicable EC 50 (effective concentration inhibiting virus replication by 50%), EC 90 (effective concentration inhibiting virus replication by 90%), IC 50 (concentration decreasing cell viability by 50%) and SI 50 (selective index: EC 50 /IC 50 ) values.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides compounds, pharmaceutically acceptable compositions thereof, and methods of using the same.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • The present application is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Ser. No. 12/339,770, filed Dec. 19, 2008, which claims priority to U.S. provisional application Ser. No. 61/016,110, filed Dec. 21, 2007, U.S. provisional application Ser. No. 61/016,473, filed Dec. 23, 2007, U.S. provisional application Ser. No. 61/075,001, filed Jun. 23, 2008, and U.S. provisional application Ser. No. 61/098,675, filed Sep. 19, 2008, the entirety of each of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
    • TECHNICAL FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates to compounds useful as inhibitors of HCV protease. The invention also provides pharmaceutically acceptable compositions comprising compounds of the present invention and methods of using said compositions in the treatment of various disorders.
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • It is estimated that over 170 million people worldwide are infected with the Hepatitis C virus (HCV). With an estimated human sero-prevalence of 3% globally, HCV is the major cause for most cases of non-A, non-B hepatitis, (Alberti, A. et al., J. Hepatology 31., (Suppl. 1): 17-24, 1999). While the symptoms of acute hepatitis subside in some patients, at least 85% of HCV infections become chronic, and 20% of those infected develop liver cirrhosis. There is less than a 50% survival rate at four years post cirrhosis diagnosis. Chronic HCV infection is also associated with increased incidence of hepatocellular carcinoma.
  • HCV is a positive-stranded RNA virus whose genome encodes a polyprotein of approximately 3000 amino acids. This precursor protein is processed into at least 10 viral structural and nonstructural proteins: C, E1, E2, p7, NS2, NS3, NS4A, NS4B, NS5A, and NS5B (Blight, K. J., et al., Antiviral Ther. 3, Suppl. 3: 71-81, 1998). HCV nonstructural (NS) proteins are derived by proteolytic cleavage of the polyprotein and are presumed to provide the essential catalytic machinery for viral replication.
  • NS3 is an approximately 68 Kda protein, and has both an N-terminal serine protease domain and an RNA-dependent ATPase domain at its C-terminus. It has been shown that the NS4A protein serves as a co-factor for the serine protease activity of NS3. NS3 functions as a proteolytic enzyme that cleaves sites liberating other nonstructural proteins necessary for HCV replication and is a viable therapeutic target for antiviral chemotherapy.
  • No vaccines are available for HCV, and the established therapy of interferon treatment is effective in only 15-20% of patients (Weiland, 0., FEMS Microbiol. Rev. 14: 279-88, 1994), and has significant side effects (Walker, M. A., et al., DDT 4: 518-29, 1999; Moradpour, D., et al., Eur. J. Gastroenterol. Hepatol. 11: 1199-1202, 1999). While the current standard of care, pegylated interferon α in combination with ribavirin, is more efficacious and appears to decrease hepatocellular carcinoma in patients with HCV-related cirrhosis (Hung, C. H., et al., J Viral Hepatitis 13(6): 409-414, 2006), this treatment has also been shown to produce side effects such as thyroid dysfunction (Huang, J. F., et al., J Viral Hepatitis 13(6): 396-401, 2006).
  • The poor prognosis for patients suffering from HCV infection and the current lack of effective, approved treatments, highlights the overwhelming need for new inhibitors of HCV NS3 protease.
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • It has now been found that compounds of this invention, and pharmaceutically acceptable compositions thereof, are effective as inhibitors of HCV protease. Such compounds have the general formula I:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00001
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1, R1′, R2a, R3, R4 and Rz are as defined herein.
  • Compounds of the present invention, and pharmaceutically acceptable compositions thereof, are useful for treating a variety of diseases, disorders or conditions, associated with HCV. Such diseases, disorders, or conditions include those described herein.
  • Compounds provided by this invention are also useful for the study of HCV protease in biological and pathological phenomena; the study of intracellular signal transduction pathways mediated by HCV protease; and the comparative evaluation of new HCV protease inhibitors.
    • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 depicts a mass spectroscopic analysis of HCV NS3/4A wild-type protease in the presence of test compound I-1.
  • FIG. 2 depicts a mass spectroscopic analysis of HCV NS3/4A wild-type protease in the presence of test compound I-25.
  • FIG. 3 depicts a mass spectroscopic analysis of HCV NS3/4A protease.
  • FIG. 4 depicts a mass spectroscopic analysis of HCV NS3/4A mutant D168V protease in the presence of test compound I-11.
  • FIG. 5 depicts a mass spectroscopic analysis of HCV NS3/4A mutant A156S protease in the presence of test compound I-11.
  • FIG. 6 depicts a mass spectroscopic analysis of HCV NS3/4A mutant R155K protease in the presence of test compound I-11.
  • FIG. 7 depicts a mass spectroscopic analysis of HCV NS3/4A mutant A156T protease in the presence of test compound I-11.
  • FIG. 8 depicts that the NS3 internal self-cleavage products are inhibited by treatment of replicon cells with Compound I-47 for 16 hours.
  • FIGS. 9 and 9-A depict an irreversible covalent inhibitor (compound I-11) of NS3 protease demonstrates prolonged inhibition of NS3 protease activity in the wild-type replicon cells, as measured by self-cleavage, after the compounds are removed.
  • FIG. 10 depicts an irreversible covalent inhibitor (compound I-25) of NS3 protease demonstrate prolonged inhibition of NS3 protease activity in the wild-type replicon cells, as measured by self-cleavage, after the compounds are removed.
    •  DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN EMBODIMENTS 1. General Description of Compounds of the Invention
  • In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of formula I:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00002
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
    • R1 and R1′ are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-6 aliphatic, or R1 and R1′ are taken together to form an optionally substituted 3-7 membered carbocyclic ring;
    • R2a is —OH or —NHSO2R2;
    • R2 is —N(R)2 or an optionally substituted group selected from C3-7 cycloalkyl, a bridged bicyclic, 6-10 membered aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or 4-7 membered heterocyclyl having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
    • each R is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6 aliphatic, or:
      • two R on the same nitrogen atom are taken together with the nitrogen to form a 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
    • R3 is a warhead group, or:
      • R3 and R1 are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted saturated or unsaturated 12-18 membered ring having 2-6 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen oxygen, or sulfur, wherein the ring formed thereby comprises a warhead group; or
      • R3 and a ring formed by R1 and R1, are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted saturated or unsaturated 12-18 membered ring having 2-6 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen oxygen, or sulfur, wherein the ring formed thereby comprises a warhead group;
    • R4 is H, —NHC(O)R5, —NHC(O)OR6,
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00003
  • or a natural or unnatural amino acid side-chain group;
    • each R5 is independently —N(R)2 or an optionally substituted group selected from C1-6 aliphatic, a bridged bicyclic, 6-10 membered aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or 4-7 membered heterocyclyl having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
    • R6 is an optionally substituted group selected from C1-6 aliphatic, a bridged bicyclic, 6-10 membered aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or 4-7 membered heterocyclyl having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
    • R7 is an optionally substituted group selected from C1-6 aliphatic, a bridged bicyclic, 6-10 membered aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or 4-7 membered heterocyclyl having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; and
    • Rz is
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00004
  • or R4 and Rz are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted, saturated or unsaturated 16-22 membered ring having 2-6 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
    • each occurrence of Ry is independently selected from halogen, —OR∘, —CN, —NO2, —N(R∘)2, or optionally substituted C1-4 aliphatic; and
    • m is an integer from 0 to 4, inclusive;
    • s is an integer from 0 to 4, inclusive;
    • t is an integer from 0 to 4, inclusive;
    • wherein the sum of s and t is non-zero.
    2. Compounds and Definitions
  • Compounds of this invention include those described generally above, and are further illustrated by the classes, subclasses, and species disclosed herein. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply unless otherwise indicated. For purposes of this invention, the chemical elements are identified in accordance with the Periodic Table of the Elements, CAS version, Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 75th Ed. Additionally, general principles of organic chemistry are described in “Organic Chemistry”, Thomas Sorrell, University Science Books, Sausalito: 1999, and “March's Advanced Organic Chemistry”, 5th Ed.: Smith, M. B. and March, J., John Wiley & Sons, New York: 2001, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
  • The term “aliphatic” or “aliphatic group”, as used herein, means a straight-chain (i.e., unbranched) or branched, substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon chain that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, or a monocyclic hydrocarbon or bicyclic hydrocarbon that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic (also referred to herein as “carbocycle,” “cycloaliphatic” or “cycloalkyl”), that has a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule. Unless otherwise specified, aliphatic groups contain 1-6 aliphatic carbon atoms. In some embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-5 aliphatic carbon atoms. In other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-4 aliphatic carbon atoms. In still other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-3 aliphatic carbon atoms, and in yet other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-2 aliphatic carbon atoms. In some embodiments, “cycloaliphatic” (or “carbocycle” or “cycloalkyl”) refers to a monocyclic C3-C6 hydrocarbon that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic, that has a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule. Suitable aliphatic groups include, but are not limited to, linear or branched, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl groups and hybrids thereof such as (cycloalkyl)alkyl, (cycloalkenyl)alkyl or (cycloalkyl)alkenyl.
  • As used herein, the term “bridged bicyclic” refers to any bicyclic ring system, i.e. carbocyclic or heterocyclic, saturated or partially unsaturated, having at least one bridge. As defined by IUPAC, a “bridge” is an unbranched chain of atoms or an atom or a valence bond connecting two bridgeheads, where a “bridgehead” is any skeletal atom of the ring system which is bonded to three or more skeletal atoms (excluding hydrogen). In some embodiments, a bridged bicyclic group has 7-12 ring members and 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Such bridged bicyclic groups are well known in the art and include those groups set forth below where each group is attached to the rest of the molecule at any substitutable carbon or nitrogen atom. Unless otherwise specified, a bridged bicyclic group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as set forth for aliphatic groups. Additionally or alternatively, any substitutable nitrogen of a bridged bicyclic group is optionally substituted. Exemplary bridged bicyclics include:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00005
  • The term “lower alkyl” refers to a C1-4 straight or branched alkyl group. Exemplary lower alkyl groups are methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, and tert-butyl.
  • The term “lower haloalkyl” refers to a C1-4 straight or branched alkyl group that is substituted with one or more halogen atoms.
  • The term “heteroatom” means one or more of oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, or silicon (including, any oxidized form of nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, or silicon; the quaternized form of any basic nitrogen or; a substitutable nitrogen of a heterocyclic ring, for example N (as in 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrolyl), NH (as in pyrrolidinyl) or NR+ (as in N-substituted pyrrolidinyl)).
  • The term “unsaturated,” as used herein, means that a moiety has one or more units of unsaturation.
  • As used herein, the term “bivalent C1-8 (or C1-6) saturated or unsaturated, straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain”, refers to bivalent alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene chains that are straight or branched as defined herein.
  • The term “alkylene” refers to a bivalent alkyl group. An “alkylene chain” is a polymethylene group, i.e., —(CH2)n—, wherein n is a positive integer, preferably from 1 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 3, from 1 to 2, or from 2 to 3. A substituted alkylene chain is a polymethylene group in which one or more methylene hydrogen atoms are replaced with a substituent. Suitable substituents include those described below for a substituted aliphatic group.
  • The term “alkenylene” refers to a bivalent alkenyl group. A substituted alkenylene chain is a polymethylene group containing at least one double bond in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with a substituent. Suitable substituents include those described below for a substituted aliphatic group.
  • As used herein, the term “cyclopropylenyl” refers to a bivalent cyclopropyl group of the following structure:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00006
  • The term “halogen” means F, Cl, Br, or I.
  • The term “aryl” used alone or as part of a larger moiety as in “aralkyl,” “aralkoxy,” or “aryloxyalkyl,” refers to monocyclic or bicyclic ring systems having a total of five to fourteen ring members, wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic and wherein each ring in the system contains 3 to 7 ring members. The term “aryl” may be used interchangeably with the term “aryl ring.”
  • The term “aryl” used alone or as part of a larger moiety as in “aralkyl,” “aralkoxy,” or “aryloxyalkyl,” refers to monocyclic and bicyclic ring systems having a total of five to 10 ring members, wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic and wherein each ring in the system contains three to seven ring members. The term “aryl” may be used interchangeably with the term “aryl ring”. In certain embodiments of the present invention, “aryl” refers to an aromatic ring system which includes, but not limited to, phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, anthracyl and the like, which may bear one or more substituents. Also included within the scope of the term “aryl,” as it is used herein, is a group in which an aromatic ring is fused to one or more non-aromatic rings, such as indanyl, phthalimidyl, naphthimidyl, phenanthridinyl, or tetrahydronaphthyl, and the like.
  • The terms “heteroaryl” and “heteroar-,” used alone or as part of a larger moiety, e.g., “heteroaralkyl,” or “heteroaralkoxy,” refer to groups having 5 to 10 ring atoms, preferably 5, 6, or 9 ring atoms; having 6, 10, or 14 π electrons shared in a cyclic array; and having, in addition to carbon atoms, from one to five heteroatoms. The term “heteroatom” refers to nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, and includes any oxidized form of nitrogen or sulfur, and any quaternized form of a basic nitrogen. Heteroaryl groups include, without limitation, thienyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, indolizinyl, purinyl, naphthyridinyl, and pteridinyl. The terms “heteroaryl” and “heteroar-”, as used herein, also include groups in which a heteroaromatic ring is fused to one or more aryl, cycloaliphatic, or heterocyclyl rings, where the radical or point of attachment is on the heteroaromatic ring. Nonlimiting examples include indolyl, isoindolyl, benzothienyl, benzofuranyl, dibenzofuranyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, and pyrido[2,3-b]-1,4-oxazin-3(4H)-one. A heteroaryl group may be mono- or bicyclic. The term “heteroaryl” may be used interchangeably with the terms “heteroaryl ring,” “heteroaryl group,” or “heteroaromatic,” any of which terms include rings that are optionally substituted. The term “heteroaralkyl” refers to an alkyl group substituted by a heteroaryl, wherein the alkyl and heteroaryl portions independently are optionally substituted.
  • As used herein, the terms “heterocycle,” “heterocyclyl,” “heterocyclic radical,” and “heterocyclic ring” are used interchangeably and refer to a stable 5- to 7-membered monocyclic or 7-10-membered bicyclic heterocyclic moiety that is either saturated or partially unsaturated, and having, in addition to carbon atoms, one or more, preferably one to four, heteroatoms, as defined above. When used in reference to a ring atom of a heterocycle, the term “nitrogen” includes a substituted nitrogen. As an example, in a saturated or partially unsaturated ring having 0-3 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen, the nitrogen may be N (as in 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrolyl), NH (as in pyrrolidinyl), or +NR (as in N-substituted pyrrolidinyl).
  • A heterocyclic ring can be attached to its pendant group at any heteroatom or carbon atom that results in a stable structure and any of the ring atoms can be optionally substituted. Examples of such saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic radicals include, without limitation, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperazinyl, dioxanyl, dioxolanyl, diazepinyl, oxazepinyl, thiazepinyl, morpholinyl, and quinuclidinyl. The terms “heterocycle,” “heterocyclyl,” “heterocyclyl ring,” “heterocyclic group,” “heterocyclic moiety,” and “heterocyclic radical,” are used interchangeably herein, and also include groups in which a heterocyclyl ring is fused to one or more aryl, heteroaryl, or cycloaliphatic rings, such as indolinyl, 3H-indolyl, chromanyl, phenanthridinyl, or tetrahydroquinolinyl, where the radical or point of attachment is on the heterocyclyl ring. A heterocyclyl group may be mono- or bicyclic. The term “heterocyclylalkyl” refers to an alkyl group substituted by a heterocyclyl, wherein the alkyl and heterocyclyl portions independently are optionally substituted.
  • As used herein, the term “partially unsaturated” refers to a ring moiety that includes at least one double or triple bond. The term “partially unsaturated” is intended to encompass rings having multiple sites of unsaturation, but is not intended to include aryl or heteroaryl moieties, as herein defined.
  • As used herein, the phrase “natural amino acid side-chain group” refers to the side-chain group of any of the 20 amino acids naturally occurring in proteins. Such natural amino acids include the nonpolar, or hydrophobic amino acids, glycine, alanine, valine, leucine isoleucine, methionine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, and proline. Cysteine is sometimes classified as nonpolar or hydrophobic and other times as polar. Natural amino acids also include polar, or hydrophilic amino acids, such as tyrosine, serine, threonine, aspartic acid (also known as aspartate, when charged), glutamic acid (also known as glutamate, when charged), asparagine, and glutamine. Certain polar, or hydrophilic, amino acids have charged side-chains. Such charged amino acids include lysine, arginine, and histidine. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize that protection of a polar or hydrophilic amino acid side-chain can render that amino acid nonpolar. For example, a suitably protected tyrosine hydroxyl group can render that tyroine nonpolar and hydrophobic by virtue of protecting the hydroxyl group.
  • As used herein, the phrase “unnatural amino acid side-chain group” refers to the side-chain group of amino acids not included in the list of 20 amino acids naturally occurring in proteins, as described above. Such amino acids include the D-isomer of any of the 20 naturally occurring amino acids. Unnatural amino acids also include homoserine, ornithine, norleucine, and thyroxine. Other unnatural amino acids side-chains are well known to one of ordinary skill in the art and include unnatural aliphatic side chains. Other unnatural amino acids include modified amino acids, including those that are N-alkylated, cyclized, phosphorylated, acetylated, amidated, azidylated, labelled, and the like. In some embodiments, an unnatural amino acid is a D-isomer. In some embodiments, an unnatural amino acid is a L-isomer.
  • As described herein, compounds of the invention may contain “optionally substituted” moieties. In general, the term “substituted,” whether preceded by the term “optionally” or not, means that one or more hydrogens of the designated moiety are replaced with a suitable substituent. Unless otherwise indicated, an “optionally substituted” group may have a suitable substituent at each substitutable position of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure may be substituted with more than one substituent selected from a specified group, the substituent may be either the same or different at every position. Combinations of substituents envisioned by this invention are preferably those that result in the formation of stable or chemically feasible compounds. The term “stable,” as used herein, refers to compounds that are not substantially altered when subjected to conditions to allow for their production, detection, and, in certain embodiments, their recovery, purification, and use for one or more of the purposes disclosed herein.
  • Suitable monovalent substituents on a substitutable carbon atom of an “optionally substituted” group are independently halogen; —(CH2)0-4R∘; —(CH2)0-4OR∘; —O(CH2)0-4R∘, —O—(CH2)0-4C(O)OR∘; —(CH2)0-4CH(OR∘)2; —(CH2)0-4SR∘; —(CH2)0-4Ph, which may be substituted with R∘; —(CH2)0-4O(CH2)0-1Ph which may be substituted with R∘; —CH═CHPh, which may be substituted with R∘; —(CH2)0-4O(CH2)0-1-pyridyl which may be substituted with R∘; NO2; —CN; —N3; —(CH2)0-4N(R∘)2; —(CH2)0-4N(R∘)C(O)R∘; —N(R∘C(S)R∘; —(CH2)0-4N(R∘)C(O)NR∘ 2; —N(R∘C(S)NR∘ 2; —(CH2)0-4N(R∘)C(O)OR∘; —N(R∘N(R∘)C(O)R∘; —N(R∘)N(R∘)C(O)NR∘ 2; —N(R∘)N(R∘)C(O)OR∘; —(CH2)0-4C(O)R∘; —C(S)R∘; —(CH2)0-4C(O)OR∘; —(CH2)0-4C(O)SR∘; —(CH2)0-4C(O)OSiR∘ 3; —(CH2)0-4OC(O)R∘; —OC(O)(CH2)0-4SR—, SC(S)SR∘; —(CH2)0-4SC(O)R∘; —(CH2)0-4C(O)NR∘ 2; —C(S)NR∘ 2; —C(S)SR∘; —SC(S)SR∘, —(CH2)0-4OC(O)NR∘ 2; —C(O)N(OR∘)R∘; —C(O)C(O)R∘; —C(O)CH2C(O)R∘; —C(NOR∘)R∘; —(CH2)0-4SSR∘; —(CH2)0-4S(O)2R∘; —(CH2)0-4S(O)2OR∘; —(CH2)0-4OS(O)2R∘; —S(O)2NR∘ 2; —(CH2)0-4S(O)R∘; —N(R∘S(O)2NR∘ 2; —N(R∘S(O)2R∘; —N(OR∘)R∘; —C(NH)NR∘ 2; —P(O)2R∘; —P(O)R∘ 2; —OP(O)R∘ 2; —OP(O)(OR∘ 2; SiR∘ 3; —(C1-4 straight or branched)alkylene)O—N(R∘)2; or —(C1-4 straight or branched)alkylene)C(O)O—N(R∘)2, wherein each R∘ may be substituted as defined below and is independently hydrogen, C1-6 aliphatic, —CH2Ph, —O(CH2)0-1Ph, —CH2-(5-6 membered heteroaryl ring), or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or, notwithstanding the definition above, two independent occurrences of R∘, taken together with their intervening atom(s), form a 3-12-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl mono- or bicyclic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, which may be substituted as defined below.
  • Suitable monovalent substituents on R∘ (or the ring formed by taking two independent occurrences of R∘ together with their intervening atoms), are independently halogen, —(CH2)0-2R•, -(haloR•), —(CH2)0-2OH, —(CH2)0-2OR•, —(CH2)0-2CH(OR•)2; —O(haloR•), —CN, —N3, —(CH2)0-2C(O)R*, —(CH2)0-2C(O)OH, —(CH2)0-2C(O)OR*, —(CH2)0-2SR*, —(CH2)0-2SH, —(CH2)0-2NH2, —(CH2)0-2NHR•, —(CH2)0-2NR• 2, —NO2, —SiR• 3, —OSiR• 3, —C(O)SR•, —(C1-4 straight or branched alkylene)C(O)OR•, or —SSR• wherein each R• is unsubstituted or where preceded by “halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently selected from C1-4 aliphatic, —CH2Ph, —O(CH2)0-1Ph, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Suitable divalent substituents on a saturated carbon atom of R∘ include ═O and ═S.
  • Suitable divalent substituents on a saturated carbon atom of an “optionally substituted” group include the following: ═O, ═S, ═NNR* 2, ═NNHC(O)R*, ═NNHC(O)OR*, ═NNHS(O)2R*, ═NR*, ═NOR*, —O(C(R* 2))2-3O—, or —S(C(R* 2))2-3S—, wherein each independent occurrence of R* is selected from hydrogen, C1-6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Suitable divalent substituents that are bound to vicinal substitutable carbons of an “optionally substituted” group include: —O(CR* 2)2-3O—, wherein each independent occurrence of R* is selected from hydrogen, C1-6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R* include halogen, —R•, -(haloR•), —OH, —OR•, —O(haloR•), —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(O)OR•, —NH2, —NHR•, —NR• 2, or —NO2, wherein each R• is unsubstituted or where preceded by “halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently C1-4 aliphatic, —CH2Ph, —O(CH2)0-1Ph, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • Suitable substituents on a substitutable nitrogen of an “optionally substituted” group include —R†, —NR† 2, —C(O)R†, —C(O)OR†, —C(O)C(O)R†, —C(O)CH2C(O)R†, —S(O)2R†, —S(O)2NR† 2, —C(S)NR† 2, —C(NH)NR† 2, or —N(R†)S(O)2R†; wherein each R† is independently hydrogen, C1-6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, unsubstituted —OPh, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or, notwithstanding the definition above, two independent occurrences of R†, taken together with their intervening atom(s) form an unsubstituted 3-12-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl mono- or bicyclic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of Rt are independently halogen, —R•, -(haloR•), —OH, —OR•, —O(haloR•), —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(O)OR•, —NH2, —NHR•, —NR• 2, or —NO2, wherein each R• is unsubstituted or where preceded by “halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently C1-4 aliphatic, —CH2Ph, —O(CH2)0-1Ph, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to those salts which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response and the like, and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art. For example, S. M. Berge et al., describe pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail in J. Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1977, 66, 1-19, incorporated herein by reference. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of this invention include those derived from suitable inorganic and organic acids and bases. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable, nontoxic acid addition salts are salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid or malonic acid or by using other methods used in the art such as ion exchange. Other pharmaceutically acceptable salts include adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, pivalate, propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate, p-toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, valerate salts, and the like.
  • Salts derived from appropriate bases include alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium and N+(C1-4alkyl)4 salts. Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like. Further pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, when appropriate, nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations formed using counterions such as halide, hydroxide, carboxylate, sulfate, phosphate, nitrate, loweralkyl sulfonate and aryl sulfonate.
  • Unless otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also meant to include all isomeric (e.g., enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational)) forms of the structure; for example, the R and S configurations for each asymmetric center, Z and E double bond isomers, and Z and E conformational isomers. Therefore, single stereochemical isomers as well as enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational) mixtures of the present compounds are within the scope of the invention. Unless otherwise stated, all tautomeric forms of the compounds of the invention are within the scope of the invention. Additionally, unless otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also meant to include compounds that differ only in the presence of one or more isotopically enriched atoms. For example, compounds having the present structures including the replacement of hydrogen by deuterium or tritium, or the replacement of a carbon by a 13C- or 14C-enriched carbon are within the scope of this invention. Such compounds are useful, for example, as analytical tools, as probes in biological assays, or as therapeutic agents in accordance with the present invention. In certain embodiments, a warhead moiety, R3, of a provided compound comprises one or more deuterium atoms.
  • As used herein, the term “irreversible” or “irreversible inhibitor” refers to an inhibitor (i.e. a compound) that is able to be covalently bonded to HCV protease in a substantially non-reversible manner That is, whereas a reversible inhibitor is able to bind to (but is generally unable to form a covalent bond with) HCV protease, and therefore can become dissociated from the HCV protease an irreversible inhibitor will remain substantially bound to HCV protease once covalent bond formation has occurred. Irreversible inhibitors usually display time dependency, whereby the degree of inhibition increases with the time with which the inhibitor is in contact with the enzyme. In certain embodiments, an irreversible inhibitor will remain substantially bound to HCV protease once covalent bond formation has occurred and will remain bound for a time period that is longer than the life of the protein.
  • Methods for identifying if a compound is acting as an irreversible inhibitor are known to one of ordinary skill in the art. Such methods include, but are not limited to, enzyme kinetic analysis of the inhibition profile of the compound with HCV protease, the use of mass spectrometry of the protein drug target modified in the presence of the inhibitor compound, discontinuous exposure, also known as “washout,” experiments, and the use of labeling, such as radiolabelled inhibitor, to show covalent modification of the enzyme, as well as other methods known to one of skill in the art.
  • One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that certain reactive functional groups can act as “warheads.” As used herein, the term “warhead” or “warhead group” refers to a functional group present on a compound of the present invention wherein that functional group is capable of covalently binding to an amino acid residue (such as cysteine, lysine, histidine, or other residues capable of being covalently modified) present in the binding pocket of the target protein, thereby irreversibly inhibiting the protein. It will be appreciated that the -L-Y group, as defined and described herein, provides such warhead groups for covalently, and irreversibly, inhibiting the protein.
  • As used herein, the term “inhibitor” is defined as a compound that binds to and/or inhibits HCV protease with measurable affinity. In certain embodiments, an inhibitor has an IC50 and/or binding constant of less about 50 μM, less than about 1 μM, less than about 500 nM, less than about 100 nM, less than about 10 nM, or less than about 1 nM.
  • A compound of the present invention may be tethered to a detectable moiety. One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that a detectable moiety may be attached to a provided compound via a suitable substituent. As used herein, the term “suitable substituent” refers to a moiety that is capable of covalent attachment to a detectable moiety. Such moieties are well known to one of ordinary skill in the art and include groups containing, e.g., a carboxylate moiety, an amino moiety, a thiol moiety, or a hydroxyl moiety, to name but a few. It will be appreciated that such moieties may be directly attached to a provided compound or via a tethering group, such as a bivalent saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon chain. In some embodiments, such moieties may be attached via click chemistry. In some embodiments, such moieties may be attached via a 1,3-cycloaddition of an azide with an alkyne, optionally in the presence of a copper catalyst. Methods of using click chemistry are known in the art and include those described by Rostovtsev et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2002, 41, 2596-99 and Sun et al., Bioconjugate Chem., 2006, 17, 52-57.
  • As used herein, the term “detectable moiety” is used interchangeably with the term “label” and relates to any moiety capable of being detected, e.g., primary labels and secondary labels. Primary labels, such as radioisotopes (e.g., tritium, 32P, 33P, 35S, or 14C), mass-tags, and fluorescent labels are signal generating reporter groups which can be detected without further modifications. Detectable moieties also include luminescent and phosphorescent groups.
  • The term “secondary label” as used herein refers to moieties such as biotin and various protein antigens that require the presence of a second intermediate for production of a detectable signal. For biotin, the secondary intermediate may include streptavidin-enzyme conjugates. For antigen labels, secondary intermediates may include antibody-enzyme conjugates. Some fluorescent groups act as secondary labels because they transfer energy to another group in the process of nonradiative fluorescent resonance energy transfer (FRET), and the second group produces the detected signal.
  • The terms “fluorescent label”, “fluorescent dye”, and “fluorophore” as used herein refer to moieties that absorb light energy at a defined excitation wavelength and emit light energy at a different wavelength. Examples of fluorescent labels include, but are not limited to: Alexa Fluor dyes (Alexa Fluor 350, Alexa Fluor 488, Alexa Fluor 532, Alexa Fluor 546, Alexa Fluor 568, Alexa Fluor 594, Alexa Fluor 633, Alexa Fluor 660 and Alexa Fluor 680), AMCA, AMCA-S, BODIPY dyes (BODIPY FL, BODIPY R6G, BODIPY TMR, BODIPY TR, BODIPY 530/550, BODIPY 558/568, BODIPY 564/570, BODIPY 576/589, BODIPY 581/591, BODIPY 630/650, BODIPY 650/665), Carboxyrhodamine 6G, carboxy-X-rhodamine (ROX), Cascade Blue, Cascade Yellow, Coumarin 343, Cyanine dyes (Cy3, Cy5, Cy3.5, Cy5.5), Dansyl, Dapoxyl, Dialkylaminocoumarin, 4′,5′-Dichloro-2′,7′-dimethoxy-fluorescein, DM-NERF, Eosin, Erythrosin, Fluorescein, FAM, Hydroxycoumarin, IRDyes (IRD40, IRD 700, IRD 800), JOE, Lissamine rhodamine B, Marina Blue, Methoxycoumarin, Naphthofluorescein, Oregon Green 488, Oregon Green 500, Oregon Green 514, Pacific Blue, PyMPO, Pyrene, Rhodamine B, Rhodamine 6G, Rhodamine Green, Rhodamine Red, Rhodol Green, 2′,4′,5′,7′-Tetra-bromosulfone-fluorescein, Tetramethyl-rhodamine (TMR), Carboxytetramethylrhodamine (TAMRA), Texas Red, Texas Red-X.
  • The term “mass-tag” as used herein refers to any moiety that is capable of being uniquely detected by virtue of its mass using mass spectrometry (MS) detection techniques. Examples of mass-tags include electrophore release tags such as N-[3-[4′-[(p-Methoxytetrafluorobenzyl)oxy]phenyl]-3-methylglyceronyl]isonipecotic Acid, 4′-[2,3,5,6-Tetrafluoro-4-(pentafluorophenoxyl)]methyl acetophenone, and their derivatives. The synthesis and utility of these mass-tags is described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,650,750, 4,709,016, 5,360,8191, 5,516,931, 5,602,273, 5,604,104, 5,610,020, and 5,650,270. Other examples of mass-tags include, but are not limited to, nucleotides, dideoxynucleotides, oligonucleotides of varying length and base composition, oligopeptides, oligosaccharides, and other synthetic polymers of varying length and monomer composition. A large variety of organic molecules, both neutral and charged (biomolecules or synthetic compounds) of an appropriate mass range (100-2000 Daltons) may also be used as mass-tags.
  • The terms “measurable affinity” and “measurably inhibit,” as used herein, means a measurable change in HCV protease activity between a sample comprising a compound of the present invention, or composition thereof, and HCV protease, and an equivalent sample comprising HCV protease, in the absence of said compound, or composition thereof.
    • 3. Description of Exemplary Compounds
  • In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of formula I:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00007
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
    • R1 and R1′ are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-6 aliphatic, or R1 and R1′ are taken together to form an optionally substituted 3-7 membered carbocyclic ring;
    • R2a is —OH or —NHSO2R2;
    • R2 is —N(R)2 or an optionally substituted group selected from C3-7 cycloalkyl, a bridged bicyclic, 6-10 membered aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or 4-7 membered heterocyclyl having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
    • each R is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6 aliphatic, or:
      • two R on the same nitrogen atom are taken together with the nitrogen to form a 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
    • R3 is -L-Y, wherein:
      • L is a covalent bond or a bivalent C1-8 saturated or unsaturated, straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain, wherein one, two, or three methylene units of L are optionally and independently replaced by cyclopropylene, —NR—, —N(R)C(O)—, —C(O)N(R)—, —N(R)SO2—, —SO2N(R)—, —O—, —C(O)—, —OC(O)—, —C(O)O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO2—, —C(═S)—, —C(═NR)—, —N═N—, or —C(═N2)—;
      • Y is hydrogen, C1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN, or a 3-10 membered monocyclic or bicyclic, saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, and wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups; and
      • each Re is independently selected from -Q-Z, oxo, NO2, halogen, CN, a suitable leaving group, or a C1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN, wherein:
        • Q is a covalent bond or a bivalent C1-6 saturated or unsaturated, straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain, wherein one or two methylene units of Q are optionally and independently replaced by —N(R)—, —S—, —O—, —C(O)—, —OC(O)—, —C(O)O—, —SO—, or —SO2—, —N(R)C(O)—, —C(O)N(R)—, —N(R)SO2—, or —SO2N(R)—; and
      • Z is hydrogen or C1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN; or
      • R3 and a ring formed by R1 and R1′ are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted saturated or unsaturated 12-18 membered ring having 2-6 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen oxygen, or sulfur, wherein the ring formed thereby comprises a warhead group;
    • R4 is H, —NHC(O)R5, —NHC(O)OR6,
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00008
  • or a natural or unnatural amino acid side-chain group;
    • each R5 is independently —N(R)2 or an optionally substituted group selected from C1-6 aliphatic, a bridged bicyclic, 6-10 membered aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or 4-7 membered heterocyclyl having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
    • R6 is an optionally substituted group selected from C1-6 aliphatic, a bridged bicyclic, 6-10 membered aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or 4-7 membered heterocyclyl having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; and
    • R7 is an optionally substituted group selected from C1-6 aliphatic, a bridged bicyclic, 6-10 membered aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or 4-7 membered heterocyclyl having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; and
    • Rz is
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00009
  • or R4 and Rz are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted, saturated or unsaturated 16-22 membered ring having 2-6 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
    • each occurrence of Ry is independently selected from halogen, —OR∘, —CN, —NO2, —N(R∘)2, or optionally substituted C1-4 aliphatic; and
    • m is an integer from 0 to 4, inclusive;
    • s is an integer from 0 to 4, inclusive;
    • t is an integer from 0 to 4, inclusive;
    • wherein the sum of s and t is non-zero.
  • In certain embodiments, L is a covalent bond.
  • In certain embodiments, L is a bivalent C1-8 saturated or unsaturated, straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain, wherein one, two, or three methylene units of L are optionally and independently replaced by cyclopropylene, —NR—, —N(R)C(O)—, —C(O)N(R)—, —N(R)SO2—, —SO2N(R)—, —O—, —C(O)—, —OC(O)—, —C(O)O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO2—, —C(═S)—, —C(═NR)—, —N═N—, or —C(═N2)—.
  • In certain embodiments, L is a bivalent C1-8 saturated or unsaturated, straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain. In certain embodiments, L is —CH2—.
  • In certain embodiments, L is a covalent bond, —CH2—, —NH—, —CH2NH—, —NHCH2—, —NHC(O)—, —NHC(O)CH2OC(O)—, —CH2NHC(O)—, —NHSO2—, —NHSO2CH2—, —NHC(O)CH2OC(O)—, or —SO2NH—.
  • In some embodiments, L is a bivalent C2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one double bond and one or two additional methylene units of L are optionally and independently replaced by —NRC(O)—, —C(O)NR—, —N(R)SO2—, —SO2N(R)—, —S—, —S(O)—, —SO2—, —OC(O)—, —C(O)O—, —O—, —N(R)—, or —C(O)—.
  • In certain embodiments, L is a bivalent C2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one double bond and at least one methylene unit of L is replaced by —C(O)—, —NRC(O)—, —C(O)NR—, —N(R)SO2—, —SO2N(R)—, —S—, —S(O)—, —SO2—, —OC(O)—, or —C(O)O—, and one or two additional methylene units of L are optionally and independently replaced by cyclopropylene, —O—, —N(R)—, or —C(O)—.
  • In some embodiments, L is a bivalent C2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one double bond and at least one methylene unit of L is replaced by —C(O)—, and one or two additional methylene units of L are optionally and independently replaced by cyclopropylene, —O—, —N(R)—, or —C(O)—.
  • As described above, in certain embodiments, L is a bivalent C2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one double bond. One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that such a double bond may exist within the hydrocarbon chain backbone or may be “exo” to the backbone chain and thus forming an alkylidene group. By way of example, such an L group having an alkylidene branched chain includes —CH2C(═CH2)CH2—. Thus, in some embodiments, L is a bivalent C2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one alkylidenyl double bond. Exemplary L groups include —NHC(O)C(═CH2)CH2—.
  • In certain embodiments, L is a bivalent C2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one double bond and at least one methylene unit of L is replaced by —C(O)—. In certain embodiments, L is —C(O)CH═CH(CH3)—, —C(O)CH═CHCH2NH(CH3)—, —C(O)CH═CH(CH3)—, —C(O)CH═CH—, —CH2C(O)CH═CH—, —CH2C(O)CH═CH(CH3)—, —CH2CH2C(O)CH═CH—, —CH2CH2C(O)CH═CHCH2—, —CH2CH2C(O)CH═CHCH2NH(CH3)—, or —CH2CH2C(O)CH═CH(CH3)—, or —CH(CH3)OC(O)CH═CH—.
  • In certain embodiments, L is a bivalent C2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one double bond and at least one methylene unit of L is replaced by —OC(O)—.
  • In some embodiments, L is a bivalent C2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one double bond and at least one methylene unit of L is replaced by —NRC(O)—, —C(O)NR—, —N(R)SO2—, —SO2N(R)—, —S—, —S(O)—, —SO2—, —OC(O)—, or —C(O)O—, and one or two additional methylene units of L are optionally and independently replaced by cyclopropylene, —O—, —N(R)—, or —C(O)—. In some embodiments, L is —CH2OC(O)CH═CHCH2—, —CH2—OC(O)CH═CH—, or —CH(CH═CH2)OC(O)CH═CH—.
  • In certain embodiments, L is —NRC(O)CH═CH—, —NRC(O)CH═CHCH2N(CH3)—, —NRC(O)CH═CHCH2O—, —CH2NRC(O)CH═CH—, —NRSO2CH═CH—, —NRSO2CH═CHCH2—, —NRC(O)(C═N2)C(O)—, —NRC(O)CH═CHCH2N(CH3)—, —NRSO2CH═CH—, —NRSO2CH═CHCH2—, —NRC(O)CH═CHCH2O—, —NRC(O)C(═CH2)CH2—, —CH2NRC(O)—, —CH2NRC(O)CH═CH—, —CH2CH2NRC(O)—, or —CH2NRC(O)cyclopropylene-, wherein each R is independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-6 aliphatic.
  • In certain embodiments, L is —NHC(O)CH═CH—, —NHC(O)CH═CHCH2N(CH3)—, —NHC(O)CH═CHCH2O—, —CH2NHC(O)CH═CH—, —NHSO2CH═CH—, —NHSO2CH═CHCH2—, —NHC(O)(C═N2)C(O)—, —NHC(O)CH═CHCH2N(CH3)—, —NHSO2CH═CH—, —NHSO2CH═CHCH2—, —NHC(O)CH═CHCH2O—, —NHC(O)C(═CH2)CH2—, —CH2NHC(O)—, —CH2NHC(O)CH═CH—, —CH2CH2NHC(O)—, or —CH2NHC(O)cyclopropylene-.
  • In some embodiments, L is a bivalent C2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one triple bond. In certain embodiments, L is a bivalent C2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one triple bond and one or two additional methylene units of L are optionally and independently replaced by —NRC(O)—, —C(O)NR—, —S—, —S(O)—, —SO2—, —C(═S)—, —C(═NR)—, —O—, —N(R)—, or —C(O)—. In some embodiments, L has at least one triple bond and at least one methylene unit of L is replaced by —N(R)—, —N(R)C(O)—, —C(O)—, —C(O)O—, or —OC(O)—, or —O—.
  • Exemplary L groups include —C≡C—, —C≡CCH2N(isopropyl)-, —NHC(O)C≡CCH2CH2—, —CH2—C≡C—CH2—, —C≡CCH2O—, —CH2C(O)C≡C—, —C(O)C≡C—, or —CH2OC(═O)C≡C—.
  • In certain embodiments, L is a bivalent C2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein one methylene unit of L is replaced by cyclopropylene and one or two additional methylene units of L are independently replaced by —C(O)—, —NRC(O)—, —C(O)NR—, —N(R)SO2—, or —SO2N(R)—. Exemplary L groups include —NHC(O)-cyclopropylene-SO2- and —NHC(O)-cyclopropylene-.
  • As defined generally above, Y is hydrogen, C1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN, or a 3-10 membered monocyclic or bicyclic, saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, and wherein said ring is substituted with at 1-4 Re groups, each Re is independently selected from -Q-Z, oxo, NO2, halogen, CN, a suitable leaving group, or C1-6 aliphatic, wherein Q is a covalent bond or a bivalent C1-6 saturated or unsaturated, straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain, wherein one or two methylene units of Q are optionally and independently replaced by —N(R)—, —S—, —O—, —C(O)—, —OC(O)—, —C(O)O—, —SO—, or —SO2—, —N(R)C(O)—, —C(O)N(R)—, —N(R)SO2—, or —SO2N(R)—; and, Z is hydrogen or C1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN.
  • In certain embodiments, Y is hydrogen.
  • In certain embodiments, Y is C1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN. In some embodiments, Y is C2-6 alkenyl optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN. In other embodiments, Y is C2-6 alkynyl optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN. In some embodiments, Y is C2-6 alkenyl. In other embodiments, Y is C2-4 alkynyl.
  • In other embodiments, Y is C1-6 alkyl substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN. Such Y groups include —CH2F, —CH2Cl, —CH2CN, and —CH2NO2.
  • In certain embodiments, Y is a saturated 3-6 membered monocyclic ring having 0-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein Y is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein.
  • In some embodiments, Y is a saturated 3-4 membered heterocyclic ring having 1 heteroatom selected from oxygen or nitrogen wherein said ring is substituted with 1-2 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein. Exemplary such rings are epoxide and oxetane rings, wherein each ring is substituted with 1-2 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein.
  • In other embodiments, Y is a saturated 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatom selected from oxygen or nitrogen wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein. Such rings include piperidine and pyrrolidine, wherein each ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein. In certain embodiments, Y is
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00010
  • wherein each R, Q, Z, and Re is as defined above and described herein.
  • In some embodiments, Y is a saturated 3-6 membered carbocyclic ring, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein. In certain embodiments, Y is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl, wherein each ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein. In certain embodiments, Y is
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00011
  • wherein Re is as defined above and described herein. In certain embodiments, Y is cyclopropyl optionally substituted with halogen, CN or NO2.
  • In certain embodiments, Y is a partially unsaturated 3-6 membered monocyclic ring having 0-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein.
  • In some embodiments, Y is a partially unsaturated 3-6 membered carbocyclic ring, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein. In some embodiments, Y is cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, or cyclohexenyl wherein each ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein. In certain embodiments, Y is
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00012
  • wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein.
  • In certain embodiments, Y is a partially unsaturated 4-6 membered heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein. In certain embodiments, Y is selected from:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00013
  • wherein each R and Re is as defined above and described herein.
  • In certain embodiments, Y is a 6-membered aromatic ring having 0-2 nitrogens wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re group is as defined above and described herein. In certain embodiments, Y is phenyl, pyridyl, or pyrimidinyl, wherein each ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein.
  • In some embodiments, Y is selected from:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00014
  • wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein.
  • In other embodiments, Y is a 5-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-3 Re groups, wherein each Re group is as defined above and described herein. In some embodiments, Y is a 5 membered partially unsaturated or aryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re group is as defined above and described herein. Exemplary such rings are isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, triazole, thiadiazole, and oxadiazole, wherein each ring is substituted with 1-3 Re groups, wherein each Re group is as defined above and described herein. In certain embodiments, Y is selected from:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00015
  • wherein each R and Re is as defined above and described herein.
  • In certain embodiments, Y is an 8-10 membered bicyclic, saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein Re is as defined above and described herein. According to another aspect, Y is a 9-10 membered bicyclic, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein Re is as defined above and described herein. Exemplary such bicyclic rings include 2,3-dihydrobenzo[d]isothiazole, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein Re is as defined above and described herein.
  • As defined generally above, each Re group is independently selected from -Q-Z, oxo, NO2, halogen, CN, a suitable leaving group, or C1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN, wherein Q is a covalent bond or a bivalent C1-6 saturated or unsaturated, straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain, wherein one or two methylene units of Q are optionally and independently replaced by —N(R)—, —S—, —O—, —C(O)—, —OC(O)—, —C(O)O—, —SO—, or —SO2—, —N(R)C(O)—, —C(O)N(R)—, —N(R)SO2—, or —SO2N(R)—; and Z is hydrogen or C1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN.
  • In certain embodiments, Re is C1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN. In other embodiments, Re is oxo, NO2, halogen, or CN.
  • In some embodiments, Re is -Q-Z, wherein Q is a covalent bond and Z is hydrogen (i.e., Re is hydrogen). In other embodiments, Re is -Q-Z, wherein Q is a bivalent C1-6 saturated or unsaturated, straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain, wherein one or two methylene units of Q are optionally and independently replaced by —NR—, —NRC(O)—, —C(O)NR—, —S—, —O—, —C(O)—, —SO—, or —SO2—. In other embodiments, Q is a bivalent C2-6 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain having at least one double bond, wherein one or two methylene units of Q are optionally and independently replaced by —NR—, —NRC(O)—, —C(O)NR—, —S—, —O—, —C(O)—, —SO—, or —SO2—. In certain embodiments, the Z moiety of the Re group is hydrogen. In some embodiments, -Q-Z is —NHC(O)CH═CH2 or —C(O)CH═CH2.
  • In certain embodiments, each Re is independently selected from oxo, NO2, CN, fluoro, chloro, —NHC(O)CH═CH2, —C(O)CH═CH2, —CH2CH═CH2, —C≡CH, —C(O)OCH2Cl, —C(O)OCH2F, —C(O)OCH2CN, —C(O)CH2Cl, —C(O)CH2F, —C(O)CH2CN, or —CH2C(O)CH3.
  • In certain embodiments, Re is a suitable leaving group, ie a group that is subject to nucleophilic displacement. A “suitable leaving” is a chemical group that is readily displaced by a desired incoming chemical moiety such as the thiol moiety of a cysteine of interest. Suitable leaving groups are well known in the art, e.g., see, “Advanced Organic Chemistry,” Jerry March, 5th Ed., pp. 351-357, John Wiley and Sons, N.Y. Such leaving groups include, but are not limited to, halogen, alkoxy, sulphonyloxy, optionally substituted alkylsulphonyloxy, optionally substituted alkenylsulfonyloxy, optionally substituted arylsulfonyloxy, acyl, and diazonium moieties. Examples of suitable leaving groups include chloro, iodo, bromo, fluoro, acetoxy, methanesulfonyloxy (mesyloxy), tosyloxy, triflyloxy, nitro-phenylsulfonyloxy (nosyloxy), and bromo-phenylsulfonyloxy (brosyloxy).
  • In certain embodiments, the following embodiments and combinations of -L-Y apply:
      • (a) L is a bivalent C2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one double bond and one or two additional methylene units of L are optionally and independently replaced by —NRC(O)—, —C(O)NR—, —N(R)SO2—, —SO2N(R)—, —S—, —S(O)—, —SO2—, —OC(O)—, —C(O)O—, cyclopropylene, —O—, —N(R)—, or —C(O)—; and Y is hydrogen or C1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN; or
      • (b) L is a bivalent C2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one double bond and at least one methylene unit of L is replaced by —C(O)—, —NRC(O)—, —C(O)NR—, —N(R)SO2—, —SO2N(R)—, —S—, —S(O)—, —SO2—, —OC(O)—, or —C(O)O—, and one or two additional methylene units of L are optionally and independently replaced by cyclopropylene, —O—, —N(R)—, or —C(O)—; and Y is hydrogen or C1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN; or
      • (c) L is a bivalent C2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one double bond and at least one methylene unit of L is replaced by —C(O)—, and one or two additional methylene units of L are optionally and independently replaced by cyclopropylene, —O—, —N(R)—, or —C(O)—; and Y is hydrogen or C1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN; or
      • (d) L is a bivalent C2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one double bond and at least one methylene unit of L is replaced by —C(O)—; and Y is hydrogen or C1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN; or
      • (e) L is a bivalent C2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one double bond and at least one methylene unit of L is replaced by —OC(O)—; and Y is hydrogen or C1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN; or
      • (f) L is —NRC(O)CH═CH—, —NRC(O)CH═CHCH2N(CH3)—, —NRC(O)CH═CHCH2O—, —CH2NRC(O)CH═CH—, —NRSO2CH═CH—, —NRSO2CH═CHCH2—, —NRC(O)(C═N2)—, —NRC(O)(C═N2)C(O)—, —NRC(O)CH═CHCH2N(CH3)—, —NRSO2CH═CH—, —NRSO2CH═CHCH2—, —NRC(O)CH═CHCH2O—, —NRC(O)C(═CH2)CH2—, —CH2NRC(O)—, —CH2NRC(O)CH═CH—, —CH2CH2NRC(O)—, or —CH2NRC(O)cyclopropylene-; wherein R is H or optionally substituted C1-6 aliphatic; and Y is hydrogen or C1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN; or
      • (g) L is —NHC(O)CH═CH—, —NHC(O)CH═CHCH2N(CH3)—, —NHC(O)CH═CHCH2O—, —CH2NHC(O)CH═CH—, —NHSO2CH═CH—, —NHSO2CH═CHCH2—, —NHC(O)(C═N2)—, —NHC(O)(C═N2)C(O)—, —NHC(O)CH═CHCH2N(CH3)—, —NHSO2CH═CH—, —NHSO2CH═CHCH2—, —NHC(O)CH═CHCH2O—, —NHC(O)C(═CH2)CH2—, —CH2NHC(O)—, —CH2NHC(O)CH═CH—, —CH2CH2NHC(O)—, or —CH2NHC(O)cyclopropylene-; and Y is hydrogen or C1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN; or
      • (h) L is a bivalent C2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one alkylidenyl double bond and at least one methylene unit of L is replaced by —C(O)—, —NRC(O)—, —C(O)NR—, —N(R)SO2—, —SO2N(R)—, —S—, —S(O)—, —SO2—, —OC(O)—, or —C(O)O—, and one or two additional methylene units of L are optionally and independently replaced by cyclopropylene, —O—, —N(R)—, or —C(O)—; and Y is hydrogen or C1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN; or
      • (i) is a bivalent C2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one triple bond and one or two additional methylene units of L are optionally and independently replaced by —NRC(O)—, —C(O)NR—, —N(R)SO2—, —SO2N(R)—, —S—, —S(O)—, —SO2—, —OC(O)—, or —C(O)O—, and Y is hydrogen or C1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN; or
      • (j) L is —C≡C, —C≡CCH2N(isopropyl)-, —NHC(O)C≡CCH2CH2—, —C≡CCH2O—, —CH2C(O)C≡C—, —C(O)C≡C—, or —CH2OC(═O)C≡C—; and Y is hydrogen or C1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN; or
      • (k) L is a bivalent C2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein one methylene unit of L is replaced by cyclopropylene and one or two additional methylene units of L are independently replaced by —NRC(O)—, —C(O)NR—, —N(R)SO2—, —SO2N(R)—, —S—, —S(O)—, —SO2—, —OC(O)—, or —C(O)O—; and Y is hydrogen or C1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN; or
      • (l) L is a covalent bond and Y is selected from:
        • (i) C1-6 alkyl substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN;
        • (ii) C2-6 alkenyl optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN; or
        • (iii) C2-6 alkynyl optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN; or
        • (iv) a saturated 3-4 membered heterocyclic ring having 1 heteroatom selected from oxygen or nitrogen wherein said ring is substituted with 1-2 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (v) a saturated 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatom selected from oxygen or nitrogen wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00016
        •  wherein each R, Q, Z, and Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (vii) a saturated 3-6 membered carbocyclic ring, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (viii) a partially unsaturated 3-6 membered monocyclic ring having 0-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (ix) a partially unsaturated 3-6 membered carbocyclic ring, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00017
        •  wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (xi) a partially unsaturated 4-6 membered heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00018
        •  wherein each R and Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (xiii) a 6-membered aromatic ring having 0-2 nitrogens wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re group is as defined above and described herein; or
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00019
        •  wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (xv) a 5-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-3 Re groups, wherein each Re group is as defined above and described herein; or
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00020
        •  wherein each R and Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (xvii) an 8-10 membered bicyclic, saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein Re is as defined above and described herein;
      • (m) L is —C(O)— and Y is selected from:
        • (i) C1-6 alkyl substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN; or
        • (ii) C2-6 alkenyl optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN; or
        • (iii) C2-6 alkynyl optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN; or
        • (iv) a saturated 3-4 membered heterocyclic ring having 1 heteroatom selected from oxygen or nitrogen wherein said ring is substituted with 1-2 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (v) a saturated 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatom selected from oxygen or nitrogen wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00021
        •  wherein each R, Q, Z, and Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (vii) a saturated 3-6 membered carbocyclic ring, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (viii) a partially unsaturated 3-6 membered monocyclic ring having 0-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (ix) a partially unsaturated 3-6 membered carbocyclic ring, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00022
        •  wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (xi) a partially unsaturated 4-6 membered heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00023
        •  wherein each R and Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (xiii) a 6-membered aromatic ring having 0-2 nitrogens wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re group is as defined above and described herein; or
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00024
        •  wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (xv) a 5-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-3 Re groups, wherein each Re group is as defined above and described herein; or
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00025
        •  wherein each R and Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (xvii) an 8-10 membered bicyclic, saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein Re is as defined above and described herein;
      • (n) is —N(R)C(O)— and Y is selected from:
        • (i) C1-6 alkyl substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN; or
        • (ii) C2-6 alkenyl optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN; or
        • (iii) C2-6 alkynyl optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN; or
        • (iv) a saturated 3-4 membered heterocyclic ring having 1 heteroatom selected from oxygen or nitrogen wherein said ring is substituted with 1-2 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (v) a saturated 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatom selected from oxygen or nitrogen wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00026
        •  wherein each R, Q, Z, and Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (vii) a saturated 3-6 membered carbocyclic ring, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (viii) a partially unsaturated 3-6 membered monocyclic ring having 0-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (ix) a partially unsaturated 3-6 membered carbocyclic ring, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00027
        •  wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (xi) a partially unsaturated 4-6 membered heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00028
        •  wherein each R and Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (xiii) a 6-membered aromatic ring having 0-2 nitrogens wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re group is as defined above and described herein; or
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00029
        •  wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (xv) a 5-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-3 Re groups, wherein each Re group is as defined above and described herein; or
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00030
        •  wherein each R and Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (xvii) an 8-10 membered bicyclic, saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein Re is as defined above and described herein;
      • (o) L is a bivalent C1-8 saturated or unsaturated, straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain; and Y is selected from:
        • (i) C1-6 alkyl substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN;
        • (ii) C2-6 alkenyl optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN; or
        • (iii) C2-6 alkynyl optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN; or
        • (iv) a saturated 3-4 membered heterocyclic ring having 1 heteroatom selected from oxygen or nitrogen wherein said ring is substituted with 1-2 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (v) a saturated 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatom selected from oxygen or nitrogen wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00031
        •  wherein each R, Q, Z, and Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (vii) a saturated 3-6 membered carbocyclic ring, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (viii) a partially unsaturated 3-6 membered monocyclic ring having 0-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (ix) a partially unsaturated 3-6 membered carbocyclic ring, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00032
        •  wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (xi) a partially unsaturated 4-6 membered heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00033
        •  wherein each R and Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (xiii) a 6-membered aromatic ring having 0-2 nitrogens wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re group is as defined above and described herein; or
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00034
        •  wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (xv) a 5-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-3 Re groups, wherein each Re group is as defined above and described herein; or
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00035
        •  wherein each R and Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (xvii) an 8-10 membered bicyclic, saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein Re is as defined above and described herein;
      • (p) L is a covalent bond, —CH2—, —NH—, —C(O)—, —CH2NH—, —NHCH2—, —NHC(O)—, —NHC(O)CH2OC(O)—, —CH2NHC(O)—, —NHSO2—, —NHSO2CH2—, —NHC(O)CH2OC(O)—, or —SO2NH—; and Y is selected from:
        • (i) C1-6 alkyl substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN; or
        • (ii) C2-6 alkenyl optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN; or
        • (iii) C2-6 alkynyl optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN; or
        • (iv) a saturated 3-4 membered heterocyclic ring having 1 heteroatom selected from oxygen or nitrogen wherein said ring is substituted with 1-2 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (v) a saturated 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatom selected from oxygen or nitrogen wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00036
        •  wherein each R, Q, Z, and Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (vii) a saturated 3-6 membered carbocyclic ring, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (viii) a partially unsaturated 3-6 membered monocyclic ring having 0-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (ix) a partially unsaturated 3-6 membered carbocyclic ring, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00037
        •  wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (xi) a partially unsaturated 4-6 membered heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00038
        •  wherein each R and Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (xiii) a 6-membered aromatic ring having 0-2 nitrogens wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein each Re group is as defined above and described herein; or
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00039
        •  wherein each Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (xv) a 5-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-3 Re groups, wherein each Re group is as defined above and described herein; or
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00040
        •  wherein each R and Re is as defined above and described herein; or
        • (xvii) an 8-10 membered bicyclic, saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups, wherein Re is as defined above and described herein.
  • In certain embodiments, the Y group of formula I is selected from those set forth in Table 1, below, wherein each wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the rest of the molecule.
  • TABLE 1
    Exemplary Y Groups of Formula I:
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00041
         		a
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00042
         		b
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00043
         		c
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00044
         		d
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00045
         		e
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00046
         		f
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00047
         		g
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00048
         		h
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00049
         		i
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00050
         		j
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00051
         		k
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00052
         		l
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00053
         		m
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00054
         		n
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00055
         		o
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00056
         		p
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00057
         		q
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00058
         		r
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00059
         		s
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00060
         		t
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00061
         		u
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00062
         		v
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00063
         		w
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00064
         		x
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00065
         		y
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00066
         		z
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00067
         		aa
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00068
         		bb
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00069
         		cc
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00070
         		dd
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00071
         		ee
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00072
         		ff
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00073
         		gg
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00074
         		hh
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00075
         		ii
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00076
         		jj
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00077
         		kk
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00078
         		ll
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00079
         		mm
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00080
         		nn
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00081
         		oo
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00082
         		pp
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00083
         		qq
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00084
         		rr
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00085
         		ss
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00086
         		tt
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00087
         		uu
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00088
         		vv
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00089
         		ww
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00090
         		xx
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00091
         		yy
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00092
         		zz
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00093
         		aaa
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00094
         		bbb
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00095
         		ccc
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00096
         		ddd
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00097
         		eee
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00098
         		fff
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00099
         		ggg
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00100
         		hhh
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00101
         		iii
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00102
         		jjj
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00103
         		kkk
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00104
         		lll
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00105
         		mmm
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00106
         		nnn
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00107
         		ooo
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00108
         		ppp
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00109
         		qqq
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00110
         		rrr
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00111
         		sss
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00112
         		ttt
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00113
         		uuu
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00114
         		vvv
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00115
         		qqq
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00116
         		www
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00117
         		xxx
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00118
         		yyy
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00119
         		zzz
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00120
         		aaaa
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00121
         		bbbb
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00122
         		cccc
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00123
         		dddd
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00124
         		eeee
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00125
         		ffff
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00126
         		gggg
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00127
         		hhhh
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00128
         		iiii
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00129
         		jjjj
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00130
         		kkkk
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00131
         		llll
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00132
         		mmmm
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00133
         		nnnn
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00134
         		oooo
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00135
         		pppp
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00136
         		qqqq
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00137
         		rrrr
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00138
         		ssss
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00139
         		tttt
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00140
         		uuuu
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00141
         		vvvv
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00142
         		wwww
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00143
         		xxxx
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00144
         		yyyy
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00145
         		zzzz
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00146
         		aaaaa
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00147
         		bbbbb
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00148
         		ccccc
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00149
         		ddddd

    wherein each Re is independently a suitable leaving group, NO2, CN, or oxo.
  • In certain embodiments, the R3 group of formula I is selected from those set forth in Table 2, below, wherein each wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the rest of the molecule.
  • TABLE 2
    Exemplary R3 Groups:
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00150
         		a
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00151
         		b
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00152
         		c
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00153
         		d
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00154
         		e
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00155
         		f
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00156
         		g
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00157
         		h
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00158
         		i
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00159
         		j
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00160
         		k
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00161
         		l
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00162
         		m
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00163
         		n
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00164
         		o
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00165
         		p
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00166
         		q
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00167
         		r
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00168
         		s
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00169
         		t
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00170
         		u
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00171
         		v
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00172
         		w
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00173
         		x
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00174
         		y
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00175
         		z
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00176
         		aa
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00177
         		bb
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00178
         		cc
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00179
         		dd
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00180
         		ee
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00181
         		ff
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00182
         		gg
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00183
         		hh
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00184
         		ii
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00185
         		jj
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00186
         		kk
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00187
         		ll
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00188
         		mm
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00189
         		nn
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00190
         		oo
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00191
         		pp
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00192
         		qq
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00193
         		rr
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00194
         		ss
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00195
         		tt
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00196
         		uu
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00197
         		vv
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00198
         		ww
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00199
         		xx
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00200
         		yy
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00201
         		zz
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00202
         		aaa
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00203
         		bbb
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00204
         		ccc
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00205
         		ddd
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00206
         		eee
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00207
         		fff
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00208
         		ggg
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00209
         		hhh
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00210
         		iii
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00211
         		jjj
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00212
         		kkk
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00213
         		lll
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00214
         		mmm
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00215
         		nnn
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00216
         		ooo
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00217
         		ppp
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00218
         		qqq
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00219
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00220
         		rrr
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00221
         		sss
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00222
         		ttt
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00223
         		uuu
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00224
         		vvv
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00225
         		www
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00226
         		xxx
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00227
         		yyy
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00228
         		zzz
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00229
         		aaaa
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00230
         		bbbb
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00231
         		cccc
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00232
         		dddd
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00233
         		eeee
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00234
         		ffff
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00235
         		gggg
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00236
         		hhhh
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00237
         		iiii
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00238
         		jjjj
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00239
         		kkkk
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00240
         		llll
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00241
         		mmmm
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00242
         		nnnn
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00243
         		oooo
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00244
         		pppp
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00245
         		qqqq
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00246
         		rrrr
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00247
         		ssss
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00248
         		tttt
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00249
         		uuuu
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00250
         		vvvv
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00251
         		wwww
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00252
         		xxxx
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00253
         		yyyy
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00254
         		zzzz
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00255
         		aaaaa
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00256
         		bbbbb
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00257
         		ccccc
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00258
         		ddddd
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00259
         		eeeee
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00260
         		fffff
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00261
         		ggggg
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00262
         		hhhhh
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00263
         		iiiii
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00264
         		jjjjj
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00265
         		kkkkk
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00266
         		lllll
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00267
         		mmmmm
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00268
         		nnnnn
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00269
         		ooooo
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00270
         		ppppp
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00271
         		qqqqq
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00272
         		rrrrr
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00273
         		sssss
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00274
         		ttttt
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00275
         		uuuuu
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00276
         		vvvvv
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00277
         		wwwww
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00278
         		xxxxx
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00279
         		yyyyy
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00280
         		zzzzz
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00281
         		aaaaaa
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00282
         		bbbbbb
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00283
         		cccccc
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00284
         		dddddd
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00285
         		eeeeee
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00286
         		ffffff
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00287
         		gggggg
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00288
         		hhhhhh
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00289
         		iiiiii
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00290
         		jjjjjj
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00291
         		kkkkkk
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00292
         		llllll
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00293
         		mmmmmm
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00294
         		nnnnnn
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00295
         		oooooo
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00296
         		pppppp
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00297
         		qqqqqq
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00298
         		rrrrrr
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00299
         		ssssss
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00300
         		tttttt
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00301
         		uuuuuu
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00302
         		vvvvvv
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00303
         		wwwwww
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00304
         		xxxxxx
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00305
         		yyyyyy
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00306
         		zzzzzz
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00307
         		a1
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00308
         		b1
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00309
         		c1
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00310
         		d1
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00311
         		e1
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00312
         		f1
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00313
         		g1
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00314
         		h1
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00315
         		j1
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00316
         		k1
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00317
         		m1
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00318
         		n1
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00319
         		o1
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00320
         		p1
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00321
         		q1
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00322
         		r1

    wherein each Re is independently a suitable leaving group, NO2, CN, or oxo.
  • In certain embodiments, the R1 and R1′ groups of formula I are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-6 aliphatic. In some embodiments, R1 is hydrogen and R1′ is C1-4 aliphatic. In other embodiments, R1 is hydrogen and R1′ is n-propyl.
  • In certain embodiments, the R1 and R1′ groups of formula I are taken together to form an optionally substituted 3-7 membered carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments, the R1 and R1′ groups of formula I are taken together to form an optionally substituted cyclopropyl ring. In some embodiments, the R1 and R1′ groups of formula I are taken together to form a cyclopropyl ring substituted with ethyl or vinyl.
  • In some embodiments, R4 is H, —NHC(O)R5, —NHC(O)OR6,
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00323
  • or or R4 and Rz are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted, saturated or unsaturated 16-22 membered ring having 2-6 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • In certain embodiments, the R4 group of formula I is —NHC(O)R5. In some embodiments, the R4 group of formula I is —NHC(O)OR6. In other embodiments, the R4 group of formula I is
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00324
  • In certain embodiments, the R4 group of formula I is hydrogen.
  • In some embodiments, when R4 is —NHC(O)R5, R5 is C1-6 aliphatic or an optionally substituted group selected from a bridged bicyclic, 6-10 membered aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or 4-7 membered heterocyclyl having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • In some embodiments, when R4 is —NHC(O)OR6, R6 is C1-6 aliphatic or an optionally substituted group selected from a bridged bicyclic, 6-10 membered aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or 4-7 membered heterocyclyl having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • In some embodiments, the R4 group of formula I is an amino acid side-chain group. In some embodiments, the R4 group of formula I is an unnatural amino acid side-chain group. In some embodiments, the R4 group of formula I is an aliphatic unnatural amino acid side-chain group. In some embodiments, the R4 group of formula I is an unnatural amino acid side-chain group of alanine substituted with one, two, or three R∘ groups, wherein each R∘ is as defined above. In some embodiments, the R4 group of formula I is an unnatural amino acid side-chain group of threonine substituted with one, two, or three R∘ groups, wherein each R∘ is as defined above. In some embodiments, R∘ is methyl.
  • In some embodiments, the R4 group of formula I is a natural amino acid side-chain group.
  • In certain embodiments, the R4 group of formula I is the natural amino acid side-chain group of alanine (i.e., R4 is methyl). In some embodiments, the R4 group of formula I is the natural amino acid side-chain group of D-alanine. In some embodiments, the R4 group of formula I is the natural amino acid side-chain group of L-alanine.
  • In other embodiments, the R4 group of formula I is the natural amino acid side-chain group of valine. In some embodiments, the R4 group of formula I is the natural amino acid side-chain group of D-valine. In some embodiments, the R4 group of formula I is the natural amino acid side-chain group of L-valine.
  • In some embodiments, the R4 group of formula I consists of a mixture of amino acid side-chain groups in both the D- and L- configuration. Such R4 groups are referred to herein as “D,L-mixed amino acid side-chain groups.” In some embodiments, the ratio of D- to L-amino acid side-chain groups is selected from any of 6:1, 5:1, 4:1, 3:1, 2:1, 1:1, 1:2, 1:3, 1:4; 1:5, and 1:6. Thus, in certain embodiments, the R4 group of formula I is a D,L-mixed alanine side-chain group. In other embodiments, the R4 group of formula I is a D,L-mixed valine side-chain group.
  • While not wishing to be bound by any particular theory, it is believed that for compounds of formula I, having an amino acid side-chain group in the D-configuration is useful in allowing a compound to adopt an orientation conducive to binding HCV protease.
  • In certain embodiments, the R5 and R7 groups of formula I are independently optionally substituted groups selected from optionally substituted group selected from C1-6 aliphatic, 6-10 membered aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or 4-7 membered heterocyclyl having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. In some embodiments, R5 is an optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, and R7 is an optionally substituted C1-6 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, R5 is and
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00325
  • R7 is cyclohexyl.
  • In certain embodiments, R4 is —NHC(O)R5, wherein R5 is independently —N(R)2 or an optionally substituted group selected from C1-6 aliphatic. In some embodiments, R5 is —N(R)2 and each R is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6 aliphatic, or two R on the same nitrogen atom are taken together with the nitrogen to form a 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. In some embodiments, R5 is —N(R)2 and each R is independently hydrogen or t-butyl.
  • In certain embodiments, the R5 group of formula I is an optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. In some embodiments, R5 is an optionally substituted 6 membered heteroaryl ring having 1-2 nitrogens. In certain embodiments, R5 is piperazinyl.
  • In certain embodiments, the R7 group of formula I is an optionally substituted C1-6 aliphatic group. In some embodiments, R7 is a branched C1-5 alkyl group. In other embodiments, R7 is cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl.
  • In certain embodiments, Rz is
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00326
  • In certain embodiments, Rz is
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00327
  • In certain embodiments, Rz is
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00328
  • In certain embodiments, Rz is
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00329
  • In certain embodiments, Rz is
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00330
  • In certain embodiments, Rz is
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00331
  • In certain embodiments, Rz is
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00332
  • In certain embodiments, Rz is
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00333
  • In certain embodiments, Rz is
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00334
  • In some embodiments, Ry is halogen. In other embodiments, Ry is C1-4 aliphatic. In certain embodiments, Ry is fluoro. In certain embodiments, Ry is chloro. In certain embodiments, Ry is bromo. In certain embodiments, Ry is iodo. In other embodiments, Ry is vinyl.
  • In some embodiments, m is an integer between 1 and 3, inclusive. In some embodiments, m is 1. In some embodiments, m is 2. In some embodiments, m is 3.
  • In some embodiments, s is an integer between 1 and 3, inclusive. In some embodiments, s is 0. In some embodiments, s is 1. In some embodiments, s is 2. In some embodiments, s is 3. In some embodiments, s is 4.
  • In some embodiments, t is an integer between 1 and 3, inclusive. In some embodiments, t is 0. In some embodiments, t is 1. In some embodiments, t is 2. In some embodiments, t is 3. In some embodiments, t is 4.
  • In certain embodiments, the R2a group of formula I is —OH. In other embodiments, the R2a group of formula I is —NHSO2R2, wherein R2 is as defined above and described herein. Thus, the present invention provides a compound of formula I-a or I-b:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00335
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R1, R1′, R2, R3, R4, and Rz is as defined above for formula I and described in classes and subclasses above and herein.
  • In certain embodiments, the R2 group of formula I-b is —N(R)2. In other embodiments, the R2 group of formula I-b is an optionally substituted group selected from C3-7 cycloalkyl, 6-10 membered aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or 4-7 membered heterocyclyl having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. In certain embodiments, R2 is C3-7 cycloalkyl or 6-10 membered aryl. In some embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted 6-10 membered aryl. In some embodiments, R2 is phenyl. In certain embodiments, R2 is cyclopropyl.
  • In certain embodiments, R2 is selected from C3-7 cycloalkyl, a bridged bicyclic, 6-10 membered aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or 4-7 membered heterocyclyl having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • In certain embodiments, the R3 group of formula I is a warhead group. In some embodiments, the R3 and R1 groups of formula I are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted saturated or unsaturated 12-18 membered ring having 2-6 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen oxygen, or sulfur, wherein the ring formed thereby comprises a warhead group. In some embodiments, R3 and a ring formed by R1 and R′ are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted saturated or unsaturated 12-18 membered ring having 2-6 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen oxygen, or sulfur, wherein the ring formed thereby comprises a warhead group.
  • As defined generally above, the ring formed by the R3 and R1 groups of formula I comprises a warhead group. As used herein, the phrase “comprises a warhead group” means that the ring formed by R3 and R1 is either substituted with a warhead group or has such a warhead group incorporated within the ring. For example, the ring formed by R3 and R1 may be substituted with an -L-Y warhead group, wherein such groups are as described herein. Alternatively, the ring formed by R3 and R1 has the appropriate features of a warhead group incorporated within the ring. For example, the ring formed by R3 and R1 may include one or more units of unsaturation and optional substituents and/or heteroatoms which, in combination, result in a moiety that is capable of covalently modifying HCV protease in accordance with the present invention. In certain embodiments, the ring formed by R3 and R1 is optionally substituted at the α-, β-, or γ-position with respect to the carbon to which R4 is attached.
  • It will be appreciated that when R3 and R1 are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted saturated or unsaturated 12-18 membered ring having 2-6 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen oxygen, or sulfur, such compounds include those wherein R3 and a ring formed by R1 and R1′ are taken together.
  • Exemplary compounds of formula I wherein R3 and a ring formed by R1 and R1′ are taken together include those of formula I-c-1, I-c-2, I-c-3, I-c-4, I-c-5-, and I-c-6:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00336
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00337
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R2a, R4, and Rz is as defined above and described in classes and subclasses herein. It will be appreciated that, although formulae I-c-1, I-c-2, I-c-3, I-c-4, I-c-5, and I-c-6 depict a cyclopropyl ring formed by R1 and R″, this group is depicted for the purposes of exemplification and therefore other R1 and R1′ groups, as described herein, are contemplated.
  • Exemplary such compounds include those set forth in Table 3, infra.
  • While compounds of formulae I-c-1, I-c-2, I-c-3, I-c-4, I-c-5, and I-c-6 are depicted as having (Z)-double bond stereochemistry in the macrocyclic ring, it will be understood that, in certain embodiments, compounds of formulae I-c-1, I-c-2, I-c-3, I-c-4, I-c-5, and I-c-6 may be provided having (E)-double bond stereochemistry in the macrocylic ring. In some embodiments, mixtures of both stereoisomers are provided. In other embodiments, compounds of formulae I-c-1, I-c-2, I-c-3, I-c-4, I-c-5, and I-c-6 may be treated under suitable conditions to saturate the double bond.
  • In certain embodiments, R1 and R1′ are taken together to form an optionally substituted 3-7 membered carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments, such compounds are of formula I-d:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00338
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each R2a, R3, R4, Rz, and R∘ is as defined in formula I and described in classes and subclasses above and herein.
  • In some embodiments, R∘ is an optionally substituted group selected from C1-6 aliphatic. In some embodiments, R∘ is ethyl. In other embodiments, R∘ is vinyl.
  • Exemplary R3 groups of formula I-d include those described above and herein, as well as those depicted in Table 3, below.
  • In certain embodiments, R4 and Rz are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted, saturated or unsaturated 16-22 membered ring having 2-6 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. In some embodiments, R4 and Rz are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted, unsaturated 18-22 membered ring having 3-5 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. In some embodiments, the ring formed by R4 and Rz is substituted with one or more Rm groups, wherein each occurrence of Rm is independently halogen, —OR∘; —CN; —SCN; —SR∘; —SOR∘; —SO2R∘; —NO2; —N(R∘)2; —NHC(O)R∘, or an optionally substituted group selected from the group consisting of C1-6 aliphatic and C3-7 cycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, the present invention provides compounds of formula I-e or I-f:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00339
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of m, s, t, R2a, R3, Ry, and R∘ is as defined in formula I and described in classes and subclasses above and herein;
    p is an integer from 1 to 6, inclusive; and
    each occurrence of Rm is independently halogen, —OR∘; —CN; —N(R∘)2; or an optionally substituted group selected from the group consisting of C1-6 aliphatic and C3-7 cycloalkyl.
  • In some embodiments, p is 1. In some embodiments, p is 2.
  • In certain embodiments, Rm is C1-6 aliphatic. In some embodiments, Rm is methyl.
  • In some embodiments, R∘ is an optionally substituted group selected from C1-6 aliphatic. In some embodiments, R∘ is ethyl. In other embodiments, R∘ is vinyl.
  • Exemplary R3 groups of formulae I-e and I-f include those described herein and depicted in Table 3, below.
  • While compounds of formulae I-e and I-f are depicted as having either (Z) or (E) double bond stereochemistry in the macrocyclic ring, it will be understood that, in certain embodiments, compounds of formulae I-e and I-f may be provided having (E)-double bond stereochemistry in the macrocyclic ring. In certain embodiments, compounds of formulae I-e and I-f may be provided having (Z)-double bond stereochemistry in the macrocylic ring. In some embodiments, mixtures of both stereoisomers are provided. In other embodiments, compounds of formulae I-e and I-f may be treated under suitable conditions to saturate the double bond, thereby forming a compound of formula I-g or I-h:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00340
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • In certain embodiments, R4 and Rz are taken together as described above, and R3 and a ring formed by R1 and R1, are taken together as described above, to form novel bimacrocyclic compounds. In certain embodiments, the ring formed by R4 and Rz is substituted with one or more Rm groups as described above for formulae I-e and I-f. In some embodiments, the macrocyclic ring formed by R3 and a ring formed by R1 and R1, is substituted with an -L-Y warhead group to provide a compound of formula I-j or I-k:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00341
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein each
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-P00001
    independently represents a single or double bond. Methods of preparing such compounds, in addition to those described herein for the synthesis of other macrocycles and compounds incorporating a warhead, include those described by McCauley, J. A. et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 2008, 47, pp. 9104-7.
  • In some embodiments, a methylene unit of the macrocyclic ring formed by R3 and a ring formed by R1 and R1, is replaced by an L-Y moiety to provide a compound of formula I-m or I-n:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00342
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein each
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-P00001
    independently represents a single or double bond.
  • As described above and herein, in certain embodiments, the R4 group for compounds of formula I is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of formula II-a or II-b:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00343
  • wherein each of the R1, R1′, R2, R3, and Rz groups is as defined for formula I above and described in classes and subclasses herein.
  • Exemplary compounds of formula I are set forth in Table 3 below.
  • TABLE 3
    Exemplary Compounds of Formula I
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00344
         		I-1
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00345
         		I-2
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00346
         		I-3
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00347
         		I-4
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00348
         		I-5
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00349
         		I-6
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00350
         		I-7
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00351
         		I-8
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00352
         		I-9
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00353
         		I-10
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00354
         		I-11
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00355
         		I-12
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00356
         		I-13
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00357
         		I-14
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00358
         		I-15
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00359
         		I-16
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00360
         		I-17
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00361
         		I-18
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00362
         		I-19
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00363
         		I-20
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00364
         		I-21
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00365
         		I-22
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00366
         		I-23
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00367
         		I-24
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00368
         		I-25
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00369
         		I-26
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00370
         		I-27
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00371
         		I-28
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00372
         		I-29
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00373
         		I-30
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00374
         		I-31
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00375
         		I-32
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00376
         		I-33
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00377
         		I-34
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00378
         		I-35
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00379
         		I-36
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00380
         		I-37
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00381
         		I-38
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00382
         		I-39
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00383
         		I-40
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00384
         		I-41
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00385
         		I-42
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00386
         		I-43
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00387
         		I-44
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00388
         		I-45
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00389
         		I-46
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00390
         		I-47
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00391
         		I-48
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00392
         		I-49
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00393
         		I-50
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00394
         		I-51
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00395
         		I-52
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00396
         		I-53
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00397
         		I-54
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00398
         		I-55
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00399
         		I-56
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00400
         		I-57
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00401
         		I-58
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00402
         		I-59
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00403
         		I-60
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00404
         		I-61
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00405
         		I-62
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00406
         		I-63
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00407
         		I-64
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00408
         		I-65
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00409
         		I-66
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00410
         		I-67
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00411
         		I-68
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00412
         		I-69
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00413
         		I-70
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00414
         		I-71
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00415
         		I-72
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00416
         		I-73
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00417
         		I-74
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00418
         		I-75
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00419
         		I-76
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00420
         		I-77
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00421
         		I-78
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00422
         		I-79
  • In certain embodiments, the present invention provides any compound depicted in Table 3, above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • As defined generally above, R3 is a warhead group. Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, it is believed that such R3 groups, i.e. warhead groups, are particularly suitable for covalently binding to a key cysteine residue in the binding domain of HCV protease. One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that HCV protease, and mutants thereof, have a cysteine residue in the binding domain. In certain embodiments, compounds of the present invention have a warhead group characterized in that inventive compounds may target the C159 cysteine residue of HCV protease.
  • Thus, in some embodiments, R3 is characterized in that the -L-Y moiety is capable of covalently binding to a cysteine residue thereby irreversibly inhibiting the enzyme. In certain embodiments, the cysteine residue is Cys159 of HCV protease, or a mutant thereof, where the provided residue numbering is in accordance with Uniprot (code Q91RS4).
  • One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that a variety of warhead groups, as defined herein, are suitable for such covalent bonding. Such R3 groups include, but are not limited to, those described herein and depicted in Table 3, supra. This phenomenon may be determined by performing mass spectroscopic experiments using the protocol described in detail in Examples 17 through 21, infra.
  • According to another aspect, the present invention provides a conjugate comprising HCV protease, or a mutant thereof, covalently bonded to an inhibitor at Cys159. In some embodiments, the inhibitor is covalently bonded via a linker moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula Cys159-linker-inhibitor moiety. One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that the “linker” group corresponds to an -L-Y warhead group as described herein. Accordingly, in certain embodiments, the linker group is as defined for -L-Y was defined above and described in classes and subclasses herein. It will be appreciated, however, that the linker group is bivalent and, therefore, the corresponding -L-Y group is also intended to be bivalent resulting from the reaction of the warhead with the Cys159 of HCV protease, or a mutant thereof.
  • In certain embodiments, the inhibitor moiety is a compound of formula A:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00423
  • wherein each of the R1, R1′, R2a, R4, and Rz groups of formula A is as defined for formula I above and described in classes and subclasses herein. Thus, in certain embodiments, the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00424
  • wherein each of the R1, R1′, R2a, R4, and Rz groups of the conjugate is as defined for formula I above and described in classes and subclasses herein.
  • In some embodiments, R3 is characterized in that the -L-Y moiety is capable of covalently binding to a cysteine residue thereby irreversibly inhibiting the enzyme. In certain embodiments, the cysteine residue is Cys16 of HCV protease, or a mutant thereof, where the provided residue numbering is in accordance with Uniprot (code Q91RS4).
  • According to another aspect, the present invention provides a conjugate comprising HCV protease, or a mutant thereof, covalently bonded to an inhibitor at Cys16. In some embodiments, the inhibitor is covalently bonded via a linker moiety.
  • In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula Cys16-linker-inhibitor moiety. One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that the “linker” group corresponds to an -L-Y warhead group as described herein. Accordingly, in certain embodiments, the linker group is as defined for -L-Y was defined above and described in classes and subclasses herein. It will be appreciated, however, that the linker group is bivalent and, therefore, the corresponding -L-Y group is also intended to be bivalent resulting from the reaction of the warhead with the Cys16 of HCV protease, or a mutant thereof.
  • In certain embodiments, the inhibitor moiety is a compound of formula A-1:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00425
  • wherein each of the R1, R1′, R2a, R4, and Rz groups of formula A-1 is as defined for formula I above and described in classes and subclasses herein. Thus, in certain embodiments, the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00426
  • wherein each of the R1, R1′, R2a, R4, and Rz groups of the conjugate is as defined for formula I above and described in classes and subclasses herein.
    • General Methods of Providing the Present Compounds
  • In certain embodiments, the present compounds are generally prepared according to Scheme 1 set forth below:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00427
  • In one aspect, the present invention provides methods for preparing compounds of formula I, according to the steps depicted in Scheme 1 above wherein each variable is as defined and described herein and each PG is a suitable protecting group. At step S-1, an N-protected (e.g. Boc) proline derivative of formula A is condensed with an alpha-aminoester of formula B using peptide coupling conditions to give a dipeptide of formula C. Suitable peptide coupling conditions are well known in the art and include those described in detail in PCT publication number WO2002094822 (U.S. Pat. No. 6,825,347), the entirety of which is hereby incorporated by reference. Unless otherwise indicated, said conditions are referenced as suitable peptide coupling conditions throughout this application.
  • At step S-2, the ester group is hydrolyzed with a suitable base and subsequently neutralized to give a dipeptide of formula D. Suitable bases include, but are not limited to, alkaline metals, alkaline earth metal hydroxides, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the base is lithium hydroxide.
  • At step S-3, a dipeptide of formula D is coupled with a sulfonamide of formula E using suitable peptide coupling conditions to give an acylsulfonamide of formula F.
  • At step S-4, cleavage of the protective group (e.g. Boc removal) from a dipeptide of formula F gives an amine of formula G. In certain embodiments, cleavage of the Boc group is achieved by contacting a compound of formula F with a mineral or organic acid in a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent. In some embodiments, In some embodiments, the acid is trifluoroacetic acid and the solvent is dichloromethane.
  • At step S-5, an amine of formula G is coupled with an carboxylic acid of formula H using suitable peptide coupling conditions to give an intermediate compound of formula I-0.
  • Intermediate compound of formula I-0 is converted to compounds of formula I in steps which are described as examples herein.
  • As defined generally above, the PG group of formulae A, C, D, and F is a suitable amino protecting group. Suitable amino protecting groups are well known in the art and include those described in detail in Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1999, the entirety of which is incorporated herein by reference. Protected amines are well known in the art and include those described in detail in Greene (1999). Suitable mono-protected amines further include, but are not limited to, aralkylamines, carbamates, allyl amines, amides, and the like. Examples of suitable mono-protected amino moieties include t-butyloxycarbonylamino (—NHBOC), ethyloxycarbonylamino, methyloxycarbonylamino, trichloroethyloxycarbonylamino, allyloxycarbonylamino (—NHAlloc), benzyloxocarbonylamino (—NHCBZ), allylamino, benzylamino (—NHBn), fluorenylmethylcarbonyl (—NHFmoc), formamido, acetamido, chloroacetamido, dichloroacetamido, trichloroacetamido, phenylacetamido, trifluoroacetamido, benzamido, t-butyldiphenylsilyl, and the like. Suitable di-protected amines include amines that are substituted with two substituents independently selected from those described above as mono-protected amines, and further include cyclic imides, such as phthalimide, maleimide, succinimide, and the like.
  • In other embodiments, the present compounds are generally prepared according to Scheme 2 set forth below.
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00428
  • In one aspect, the present invention provides methods for preparing compounds of formula I, according to the steps depicted in Scheme 1 above. At step S-6, removal of the Boc group from a dipeptide of formula C is achieved under acid-catalyzed conditions to give a dipeptide ester of formula J.
  • At step S-7, a dipeptide ester of formula J is condensed with a functionalized amino acid of formula H using suitable peptide coupling conditions to give a tripeptide ester of formula K which is further converted to a tripeptide ester of formula L in steps which are described as examples herein.
  • At step S-8, the ester group on a compound of formula L is hydrolyzed with a suitable base and subsequently neutralized to give a tripeptide of formula M. Suitable bases include, but are not limited to, alkaline metals, alkaline earth metal hydroxides, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the base is lithium hydroxide.
  • At step S-9, a tripeptide of formula M is condensed with a sulfonamide of formula E using suitable peptide coupling conditions to give compounds of formula I.
  • The PG group of formulae C, H, and K is a suitable amino protecting group as described above.
    • 4. Uses, Formulation and Administration
  • Pharmaceutically Acceptable Compositions
  • According to another embodiment, the invention provides a composition comprising a compound of this invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle. The amount of compound in compositions of this invention is such that is effective to measurably inhibit HCV protease, or a mutant thereof, in a biological sample or in a patient. In certain embodiments, the amount of compound in compositions of this invention is such that is effective to measurably inhibit HCV protease, or a mutant thereof, in a biological sample or in a patient. In certain embodiments, a composition of this invention is formulated for administration to a patient in need of such composition. In some embodiments, a composition of this invention is formulated for oral administration to a patient.
  • The term “patient,” as used herein, means an animal, preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human.
  • The term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle” refers to a non-toxic carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle that does not destroy the pharmacological activity of the compound with which it is formulated. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants or vehicles that may be used in the compositions of this invention include, but are not limited to, ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, serum proteins, such as human serum albumin, buffer substances such as phosphates, glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water, salts or electrolytes, such as protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium chloride, zinc salts, colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cellulose-based substances, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyacrylates, waxes, polyethylene-polyoxypropylene-block polymers, polyethylene glycol and wool fat.
  • A “pharmaceutically acceptable derivative” means any non-toxic salt, ester, salt of an ester or other derivative of a compound of this invention that, upon administration to a recipient, is capable of providing, either directly or indirectly, a compound of this invention or an inhibitorily active metabolite or residue thereof.
  • As used herein, the term “inhibitorily active metabolite or residue thereof” means that a metabolite or residue thereof is also an inhibitor of HCV protease, or a mutant thereof.
  • Compositions of the present invention may be administered orally, parenterally, by inhalation spray, topically, rectally, nasally, buccally, vaginally or via an implanted reservoir. The term “parenteral” as used herein includes subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-articular, intra-synovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intrahepatic, intralesional and intracranial injection or infusion techniques. Preferably, the compositions are administered orally, intraperitoneally or intravenously. Sterile injectable forms of the compositions of this invention may be aqueous or oleaginous suspension. These suspensions may be formulated according to techniques known in the art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
  • For this purpose, any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or di-glycerides. Fatty acids, such as oleic acid and its glyceride derivatives are useful in the preparation of injectables, as are natural pharmaceutically-acceptable oils, such as olive oil or castor oil, especially in their polyoxyethylated versions. These oil solutions or suspensions may also contain a long-chain alcohol diluent or dispersant, such as carboxymethyl cellulose or similar dispersing agents that are commonly used in the formulation of pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms including emulsions and suspensions. Other commonly used surfactants, such as Tweens, Spans and other emulsifying agents or bioavailability enhancers which are commonly used in the manufacture of pharmaceutically acceptable solid, liquid, or other dosage forms may also be used for the purposes of formulation.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this invention may be orally administered in any orally acceptable dosage form including, but not limited to, capsules, tablets, aqueous suspensions or solutions. In the case of tablets for oral use, carriers commonly used include lactose and corn starch. Lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, are also typically added. For oral administration in a capsule form, useful diluents include lactose and dried cornstarch. When aqueous suspensions are required for oral use, the active ingredient is combined with emulsifying and suspending agents. If desired, certain sweetening, flavoring or coloring agents may also be added.
  • Alternatively, pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this invention may be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration. These can be prepared by mixing the agent with a suitable non-irritating excipient that is solid at room temperature but liquid at rectal temperature and therefore will melt in the rectum to release the drug. Such materials include cocoa butter, beeswax and polyethylene glycols.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this invention may also be administered topically, especially when the target of treatment includes areas or organs readily accessible by topical application, including diseases of the eye, the skin, or the lower intestinal tract. Suitable topical formulations are readily prepared for each of these areas or organs.
  • Topical application for the lower intestinal tract can be effected in a rectal suppository formulation (see above) or in a suitable enema formulation. Topically-transdermal patches may also be used.
  • For topical applications, provided pharmaceutically acceptable compositions may be formulated in a suitable ointment containing the active component suspended or dissolved in one or more carriers. Carriers for topical administration of compounds of this invention include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum, propylene glycol, polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropylene compound, emulsifying wax and water. Alternatively, provided pharmaceutically acceptable compositions can be formulated in a suitable lotion or cream containing the active components suspended or dissolved in one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. Suitable carriers include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, sorbitan monostearate, polysorbate 60, cetyl esters wax, cetearyl alcohol, 2-octyldodecanol, benzyl alcohol and water.
  • For ophthalmic use, provided pharmaceutically acceptable compositions may be formulated as micronized suspensions in isotonic, pH adjusted sterile saline, or, preferably, as solutions in isotonic, pH adjusted sterile saline, either with or without a preservative such as benzylalkonium chloride. Alternatively, for ophthalmic uses, the pharmaceutically acceptable compositions may be formulated in an ointment such as petrolatum.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this invention may also be administered by nasal aerosol or inhalation. Such compositions are prepared according to techniques well-known in the art of pharmaceutical formulation and may be prepared as solutions in saline, employing benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, absorption promoters to enhance bioavailability, fluorocarbons, and/or other conventional solubilizing or dispersing agents.
  • Most preferably, pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this invention are formulated for oral administration. Such formulations may be administered with or without food. In some embodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this invention are administered without food. In other embodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this invention are administered with food.
  • The amount of compounds of the present invention that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a composition in a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated, the particular mode of administration. Preferably, provided compositions should be formulated so that a dosage of between 0.01-100 mg/kg body weight/day of the inhibitor can be administered to a patient receiving these compositions.
  • It should also be understood that a specific dosage and treatment regimen for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors, including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, and the judgment of the treating physician and the severity of the particular disease being treated. The amount of a compound of the present invention in the composition will also depend upon the particular compound in the composition.
  • Uses of Compounds and Pharmaceutically Acceptable Compositions
  • Compounds and compositions described herein are generally useful for the inhibition of HCV protease activity and/or the activity of a mutant thereof. Thus, provided compounds are useful for treating non-A, non-B hepatitis, including hepatitis C.
  • HCV is an extremely variable virus that forms polymorphic swarms of variants within the host. Worldwide, six different genotypes have now been defined (Simmonds et al., Hepatology, Vol. 42, No. 4, 2005). These genotypes have been further classified into more closely related, genetically distinct subtypes. Comparative sequence portions, known as consensus sequences, are set forth in Table 3a, below. HCV genotypes and subtypes are distributed differently in different parts of the world, and certain genotypes predominate in certain areas. Genotypes 1-3 are widely distributed throughout the world. Subtype 1a is prevalent in North and South America, Europe, and Australia. Subtype 1b is common in North America and Europe, and is also found in parts of Asia. Genotype 2 is present in most developed countries, but is less common than genotype 1 (http://www.hcvadvocate.org/hepatitis/factsheets_pdf/genotype_FS.pdf). Other genotypes are prevalent in ex-US patient populations and are therefore important targets.
  • Notably, a cysteine located at amino acid position 159 in genotype 1b is conserved in all genotypes and subtypes of HCV NS3 sequenced to date, although the amino acid position may be different in other genotypes and subtypes. Targeting this cysteine residue with irreversible inhibitors should enable the development of agents which are effective against multiple HCV genotypes.
  • As described herein, the present invention provides irreversible inhibitors of one or more HCV protease genotypes, and variants thereof. Such compounds, comprising a warhead group designated as R3, include those of formulae I, I-a, I-b, I-c-1, I-c-2, I-c-3, I-c-4, I-c-5, I-c-6, I-d, I-e, I-f, I-g, I-h, II-a, and II-b, as described herein. In some embodiments, R3 is characterized in that the -L-Y moiety is capable of covalently binding to a cysteine residue thereby irreversibly inhibiting the enzyme. Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, it is believed that such R3 groups, i.e. warhead groups, are particularly suitable for covalently binding to a key cysteine residue in the binding domain of one or more HCV protease genotypes or variants thereof. In some embodiments, one or more genotypes inhibited by compounds of the present invention include 1a, 1b, 2a, and 3a. In certain embodiments, one or more such variants include A156T, A156S, D168V, D168A, and R155K.
  • One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that HCV protease genotypes and variants thereof have one or more cysteine residues near the binding domain. Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, it is believed that proximity of a warhead group to the cysteine of interest facilitates covalent modification of that cysteine by the warhead group. In some embodiments, the cysteine residue of interest is Cys159 of HCV protease subtype 1b, or a variant thereof, where the provided residue numbering is in accordance with Uniprot (code Q91RS4). Cysteine residues of other HCV protease genotypes and subtypes suitable for covalent modification by irreversible inhibitors of the present invention include those summarized in Table 3a, below, where the bold and underlined “C” refers to a cysteine residue conserved at an equivalent position to Cys159 of HCV protease subtype 1b.
  • TABLE 3a
    HCV
    genotype/ Representative Sequence Sequence
    subtype Portiona Patient ID Identifier
    1a GHAVGLFRAAV C TRGVAKAV _.H77.NC_004102 SEQ ID NO: 1
    1a GHAVGIFRAAV C TRGVAKAV CH.BID-V271.EU482858 SEQ ID NO: 2
    1a GHAVGIFRAAV C TRGVAKAV DE.BID-V25.EU482831 SEQ ID NO: 3
    1a GHAVGLFRAAV C TRGVAKAV US.H77-H21.AF011753 SEQ ID NO: 4
    1b GHAVGIFRAAV C TRGVAKAV AU.HCV-A.AJ000009 SEQ ID NO: 5
    1b GHVVGIFRAAV C TRGVAKAV CH.BID-V272.EU482859 SEQ ID NO: 6
    1b GHAVGIFRAAV C TRGVAKAV JP.HCV-BK.M58335 SEQ ID NO: 7
    1c GHAVGIFRAAV C TRGVAKAV ID.HC-G9.D14853 SEQ ID NO: 8
    1c GHVAGIFRAAV C TRGVAKAV IN.AY051292.AY051292 SEQ ID NO: 9
    2a GHAVGIFRAAV C SRGVAKSI JP.AY746460.AY746460 SEQ ID NO: 10
    2a GHAVGIFRAAV C SRGVAKSI JP.JCH-6.AB047645 SEQ ID NO: 11
    2a GHAVGIFRAAV C SRGVAKSI _.G2AK1.AF169003 SEQ ID NO: 12
    2b GHAVGLFRAAV C ARGVAKSI JP.HC-J8.D10988 SEQ ID NO: 13
    2b GHAVGLFRAAV C ARGVAKSI JP.MD2b1-2.AY232731 SEQ ID NO: 14
    2c GHAVGIFRAAV C SRGVAKSI _.BEBE1.D50409 SEQ ID NO: 15
    2i AHAVGIFRAAV C SRGVAKSI VN.D54.DQ155561 SEQ ID NO: 16
    2k GHAVGIFRAAI C TRGAAKSI MD.VAT96.AB031663 SEQ ID NO: 17
    3a GHVAGIFRAAV C TRGVAKAL CH.452.DQ437509 SEQ ID NO: 18
    3a GHVAGIFRAAV C TRGVAKAL DE.HCVCENS1.X76918 SEQ ID NO: 19
    3a GHVAGIFRAAV C TRGVAKAL ID.ps23.EU315121 SEQ ID NO: 20
    3b GHVMGIFIAVV C TRGVAKAL IN.RG416.DQ284965 SEQ ID NO: 21
    3b GHVVGIFRAAV C TRGVAKAL JP.HCV-Tr.D49374 SEQ ID NO: 22
    3k GHVAGIFRAAV C TRGVAKAL ID.JK049.D63821 SEQ ID NO: 23
    4a GHAAGIFRAAV C TRGVAKAV EG.Eg9.DQ988077 SEQ ID NO: 24
    4a GHAAGLFRAAV C TRGVAKAV _.01-09.DQ418782 SEQ ID NO: 25
    4a GHAAGLFRAAV C TRGVAKAV _.F753.DQ418787 SEQ ID NO: 26
    4d GHAAGIFRAAV C TRGVAKAV _.03-18.DQ418786 SEQ ID NO: 27
    4d GHAAGIFRAAV C TRGVAKTV _.24.DQ516083 SEQ ID NO: 28
    4f GHAVGIFRAAV C TRGVAKAV FR.IFBT84.EF589160 SEQ ID NO: 29
    4f GHAVGIFRAAV C TRGVAKAV FR.IFBT88.EF589161 SEQ ID NO: 30
    5a GHVVGVFRAAV C TRGVAKAL GB.EUH1480.Y13184 SEQ ID NO: 31
    5a GHVVGVFRAAV C TRGVAKAL ZA.SA13.AF064490 SEQ ID NO: 32
    6a GHVVGLFRAAV C TRGVAKSL HK.6a74.DQ480524 SEQ ID NO: 33
    6a GHVVGLFRAAV C TRGVAKSL HK.6a77.DQ480512 SEQ ID NO: 34
    6a GHVVGLFRAAV C TRGVAKSL HK.EUHK2.Y12083 SEQ ID NO: 35
    6b GHVVGLFRAAV C TRGVAKAL _.Th580.NC_009827 SEQ ID NO: 36
    6c GHVVGLFRAAV C TRGVAKAL TH.Th846.EF424629 SEQ ID NO: 37
    6d DHVVGLFRAAV C TRGVAKAL VN.VN235.D84263 SEQ ID NO: 38
    6e GHVVGLFRAAV C TRGVAKAI CN.GX004.DQ314805 SEQ ID NO: 39
    6f GHAVGIFRAAV C TRGVAKAI TH.C-0044.DQ835760 SEQ ID NO: 40
    6f GHAVGIFRAAV C TRGVAKAI TH.C-0046.DQ835764 SEQ ID NO: 41
    6g GHVVGLFRAAV C TRGVAKAL HK.HK6554.DQ314806 SEQ ID NO: 42
    6g GHVVGLFRAAV C TRGVAKAL ID.JK046.D63822 SEQ ID NO: 43
    6h GHVAGIFRAAV C TRGVAKSL VN.VN004.D84265 SEQ ID NO: 44
    6i GHVAGIFRAAV C TRGVAKSL TH.C-0159.DQ835762 SEQ ID NO: 45
    6j GHVAGIFRAAV C TRGVAKSL TH.C-0667.DQ835761 SEQ ID NO: 46
    6j GHVAGIFRAAV C TRGVAKSL TH.Th553.DQ835769 SEQ ID NO: 47
    6k GHVAGIFRAAV C TRGVAKSL CN.KM41.DQ278893 SEQ ID NO: 48
    6k GHVAGIFRAAV C TRGVAKSL CN.KM45.DQ278891 SEQ ID NO: 49
    6k GHVAGIFRAAV C TRGVAKSL VN.VN405.D84264 SEQ ID NO: 50
    6l GHVAGIFRAAV C TRGVAKSL US.537796.EF424628 SEQ ID NO: 51
    6m GHAVGVFRAAV C TRGVAKSL TH.C-0185.DQ835765 SEQ ID NO: 52
    6m GHAVGVFRAAV C TRGVAKSL TH.C-0208.DQ835763 SEQ ID NO: 53
    6n GHVVGIFRAAV C TRGVAKSL CN.KM42.DQ278894 SEQ ID NO: 54
    6n GHVVGIFRAAV C TRGVAKSL TH.D86/93.DQ835768 SEQ ID NO: 55
    6o GHAVGLFRAAV C TRGVAKAI CA.QC227.EF424627 SEQ ID NO: 56
    6p GHVVGLFRAAV C TRGVAKAI CA.QC216.EF424626 SEQ ID NO: 57
    6q GHAVGLFRAAV C TRGVAKAI CA.QC99.EF424625 SEQ ID NO: 58
    6t GHVVGLFRAAV C TRGVAKAI VN.TV241.EF632069 SEQ ID NO: 59
    6t GHVVGLFRAAV C TRGVAKAI VN.TV249.EF632070 SEQ ID NO: 60
    6t GHVVGLFRAAV C TRGVAKAI VN.VT21.EF632071 SEQ ID NO: 61
    7a SHCVGIFRAAV C TRGVAKAV CA.QC69.EF108306 SEQ ID NO: 62
    aIt will be appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art that every virus is prone to mutation and subject to polymorphisms, and any genotype consensus sequences described herein are representative of a given genotype or subtype. Such representative consensus sequences are available at http://hcv.lanl.gov/content/sequence/NEWALIGN/align.html.
  • Drug resistance is emerging as a significant challenge for targeted therapies. For example, drug resistance has been reported for HCV protease inhibitors in development. Such compounds include BILN 2061 and VX-950, developed by Boehringer Ingelheim and Vertex Pharmaceuticals, respectively. The structures of BILN 2061 and VX-950 are depicted below.
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00429
  • In fact, a recent article published by Vertex Pharmaceuticals, entitled, “In Vitro Resistance Studies of Hepatitis C Virus Serine Protease,” squarely addresses the problem of mutant resistance observed with VX-950 and BILN 2061. See Lin et al., The Journal of Biological Chemistry, Vol. 279, No. 17, Issue of April 23, pp. 17508-17514, 2004. This article concludes that “future hepatitis C therapy involving small molecule inhibitors of HCV enzymes might require multidrug combination, as in the case of the current HIV treatments.” See page 17513, last paragraph.
  • Resistance to specific antiviral drugs is a major factor limiting the efficacy of therapies against many retroviruses or RNA viruses. The error-prone nature of these viruses allows for the development of mutations that afford resistance to currently available drugs or drugs undergoing clinical testing. The resistance problem is a critical hurdle faced in drug development of new HCV-specific inhibitors to treat HCV patients.
  • A recent in vitro resistance study using two HCV NS3.4A protease inhibitors, VX-950 and BILN 2061, found that resistance mutations selected against either inhibitor resulted in a significant reduction in susceptibility to the inhibitor itself. However, the primary resistance mutations against BILN 2061 were fully susceptible to VX-950, and the major resistance mutation against VX-950 remained sensitive to BILN 2061 (Lin et al., Jour. Biol. Chem. 279(17): 17508-14, 2004).
  • It has been surprisingly found that provided compounds inhibit at least five HCV protease mutants, including A156T, A156S, D168V, and D168A and R155K. This stands in contrast to other known HCV protease inhibitors (e.g., VX-950 and BILN 2061) which inhibit only two mutants each. In fact, no drug described in the prior art has been shown to be an effective inhibitor of all known HCV protease mutants. For example, and as set forth in Tables 4a and 4b below, where the BILN 2061 and VX-950 data are as reported by Lin et al. and elsewhere in the HCV literature, and the data for compound I-3 was obtained according to methods set forth in the Examples, infra. Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, it is believed that compounds of the present invention may be effective inhibitors of drug resistant forms of HCV protease. While Table 4b shows compound I-3 activity against four reference HCV variants (A156T, A156S, D168V, and D168A), the ensuing examples will describe other provided compounds of the invention that are active against these variants as well as a fifth (R155K) variant.
  • TABLE 4a
    Comparative Ki Values (nM)a
    BILN 2061 VX-950
    WT 19 100
    A156T >1200 9900
    A156S 112 2900
    D168V >1200 43
    D168A >1200 150
    aWild-type data were obtained from cell-based assays, and mutant data were obtained from biochemical assays.
    See Lin et al. and protocols described herein.
  • TABLE 4b
    Comparative IC50 Values (nM)a
    BILN 2061 VX-950 Compound I-1
    WT 4 402 0.66
    A156T — — 3
    A156S 7 4650 2
    D168V 5090 163 2
    D168A 1860 193 8
    aWild-type data were obtained from cell-based assays, and mutant data were obtained from biochemical assays.
    See Lin et al. and protocols described herein.
  • Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, it is believed that a compound of formula I is more effective at inhibiting HCV protease, or a mutant thereof, as compared to a corresponding compound of formula I wherein the R3 moiety of formula I is instead a non-warhead group, such as straight alkyl (e.g., unsubstituted alkyl), branched alkyl, cycloalkyl, or alkenyl. For example, a compound of formula I can be more effective at inhibition of HCV protease, or a mutant thereof, as compared to a corresponding compound of formula I wherein the R3 moiety of formula I is instead a non-warhead moiety such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl (e.g., t-butyl), unsubstituted straight or branched alkenyl (e.g. C1-8 alkenyl), cyclohexyl, or cyclopentyl.
  • A compound of formula I, as disclosed above, can be more potent with respect to an IC50 against HCV protease, or a mutant such as A156T, A156S, D168V, D168A, or other mutants such as those disclosed herein, than a corresponding compound of formula I wherein the R3 moiety of formula I is instead a non-warhead moiety such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl (e.g., t-butyl), unsubstituted straight or branched alkenyl (e.g. C1-8 alkenyl), cyclohexyl, or cyclopentyl. Such comparative potency of a compound of formula I as compared to a corresponding compound of formula I wherein the R3 moiety of formula I is instead a non-warhead moiety, can be determined by standard time-dependent assay methods, such as those described in detail in the Examples section, infra. In certain embodiments, a compound of formula I is measurably more potent than a corresponding compound of formula I wherein the R3 moiety of formula I is instead a non-warhead moiety such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl (e.g., t-butyl), unsubstituted straight or branched alkenyl (e.g. C1-8 alkenyl), cyclohexyl, or cyclopentyl. In some embodiments, a compound of formula I is measurably more potent, wherein such potency is observed after about 1 minute, about 2 minutes, about 5 minutes, about 10 minutes, about 20 minutes, about 30 minutes, about 1 hour, about 2 hours, about 3 hours, about 4 hours, about 8 hours, about 12 hours, about 16 hours, about 24 hours, or about 48 hours, than a corresponding compound of formula I wherein the R3 moiety of formula I is instead a non-warhead moiety such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl (e.g., t-butyl), unsubstituted straight or branched alkenyl (e.g. C1-8 alkenyl), cyclohexyl, or cyclopentyl. In some embodiments, a compound of formula I is any of about 1.5 times, about 2 times, about 5 times, about 10 times, about 20 times, about 25 times, about 50 times, about 100 times, or even about 1000 times more potent than a corresponding compound of formula I wherein the R3 moiety of formula I is instead a non-warhead moiety such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl (e.g., t-butyl), unsubstituted straight or branched alkenyl (e.g. C1-8 alkenyl), cyclohexyl, or cyclopentyl.
  • As used herein, the term “clinical drug resistance” refers to the loss of susceptibility of a drug target to drug treatment as a consequence of mutations in the drug target
  • As used herein, the term “resistance” refers to changes in the wild-type nucleic acid sequence coding a target protein, and/or the protein sequence of the target, which changes decrease or abolish the inhibitory effect of the inhibitor on the target protein.
  • Examples of proteases that are inhibited by the compounds and compositions described herein and against which the methods described herein are useful include NS3, NS3•4A, or a mutant thereof.
  • The activity of a compound utilized in this invention as an inhibitor of NS3, NS3•4A, or a mutant thereof, may be assayed in vitro, in vivo or in a cell line. In vitro assays include assays that determine inhibition of either the serine protease activity and/or the subsequent functional consequences, or ATPase activity of activated NS3, NS3•4A, or a mutant thereof. Alternate in vitro assays quantitate the ability of the inhibitor to bind to NS3 or NS3•4A. Inhibitor binding may be measured by radiolabelling the inhibitor prior to binding, isolating the inhibitor/NS3 or inhibitor/NS3•4A complex and determining the amount of radiolabel bound. Alternatively, inhibitor binding may be determined by running a competition experiment where new inhibitors are incubated with NS3 or NS3•4A bound to known radioligands. Detailed conditions for assaying a compound utilized in this invention as an inhibitor of NS3 or NS3•4A, or a mutant thereof, are set forth in the Examples below.
  • Serine proteases are a large family of proteolytic enzymes that cleave peptide bonds in proteins. The serine protease family includes the digestive enzymes chymotrypsin, trypsin, and elastase, and proteases involved in blood clotting. Serine proteases possess a characteristic “catalytic triad” comprising serine, aspartic acid, and histidine, that together function to activate serine to form a covalent bond with the enzyme substrate, thereby hydrolyzing a peptide bond. In addition to those stated above, serine proteases participate in a variety of functions including immunity and inflammation.
  • As used herein, the terms “treatment,” “treat,” and “treating” refer to reversing, alleviating, delaying the onset of, or inhibiting the progress of a disease or disorder, or one or more symptoms thereof, as described herein. In some embodiments, treatment may be administered after one or more symptoms have developed. In other embodiments, treatment may be administered in the absence of symptoms. For example, treatment may be administered to a susceptible individual prior to the onset of symptoms (e.g., in light of a history of symptoms and/or in light of genetic or other susceptibility factors). Treatment may also be continued after symptoms have resolved, for example to prevent or delay their recurrence.
  • The compounds and compositions, according to the method of the present invention, may be administered using any amount and any route of administration effective for treating or lessening the severity of cancer, an autoimmune disorder, a neurodegenerative or neurological disorder, schizophrenia, a bone-related disorder, liver disease, or a cardiac disorder. The exact amount required will vary from subject to subject, depending on the species, age, and general condition of the subject, the severity of the infection, the particular agent, its mode of administration, and the like. The compounds of the invention are preferably formulated in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. The expression “dosage unit form” as used herein refers to a physically discrete unit of agent appropriate for the patient to be treated. It will be understood, however, that the total daily usage of the compounds and compositions of the present invention will be decided by the attending physician within the scope of sound medical judgment. The specific effective dose level for any particular patient or organism will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the activity of the specific compound employed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed, and like factors well known in the medical arts. The term “patient”, as used herein, means an animal, preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human.
  • The pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this invention can be administered to humans and other animals orally, rectally, parenterally, intracisternally, intravaginally, intraperitoneally, topically (as by powders, ointments, or drops), bucally, as an oral or nasal spray, or the like, depending on the severity of the infection being treated. In certain embodiments, the compounds of the invention may be administered orally or parenterally at dosage levels of about 0.01 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg and preferably from about 1 mg/kg to about 25 mg/kg, of subject body weight per day, one or more times a day, to obtain the desired therapeutic effect.
  • In some embodiments, a provided composition is administered to a patient in need thereof once daily. Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, it is believed that prolonged duration of action of an irreversible inhibitor of HCV NS3 protease is particularly advantageous for once daily administration to a patient in need thereof for the treatment of a disorder associated with HCV NS3 protease. In certain embodiments, a provided composition is administered to a patient in need thereof at least once daily. In other embodiments, a provided composition is administered to a patient in need thereof twice daily, three times daily, or four times daily.
  • Compounds of formula I, for example, generally provide prolonged duration of action when administered to a patient as compared to a corresponding compound of formula I wherein the R3 moiety of formula I is instead a non-warhead moiety such as straight alkyl (e.g., unsubstituted alkyl), branched alkyl, cycloalkyl, or alkenyl. For example, a compound of formula I can provide prolonged duration of action when administered to a patient as compared to a corresponding compound of formula I wherein the R3 moiety of formula I is instead a non-warhead moiety such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl (e.g., t-butyl), unsubstituted straight or branched alkenyl (e.g. C1-8 alkenyl), cyclohexyl, or cyclopentyl.
  • Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include, but are not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. In addition to the active compounds, the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof. Besides inert diluents, the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
  • Injectable preparations, for example, sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspensions may be formulated according to the known art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution, suspension or emulsion in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, U.S.P. and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid are used in the preparation of injectables.
  • The injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium prior to use.
  • In order to prolong the effect of a compound of the present invention, it is often desirable to slow the absorption of the compound from subcutaneous or intramuscular injection. This may be accomplished by the use of a liquid suspension of crystalline or amorphous material with poor water solubility. The rate of absorption of the compound then depends upon its rate of dissolution that, in turn, may depend upon crystal size and crystalline form. Alternatively, delayed absorption of a parenterally administered compound form is accomplished by dissolving or suspending the compound in an oil vehicle. Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of the compound in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending upon the ratio of compound to polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of compound release can be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the compound in liposomes or microemulsions that are compatible with body tissues.
  • Compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are preferably suppositories which can be prepared by mixing the compounds of this invention with suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
  • Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules. In such solid dosage forms, the active compound is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or a) fillers or extenders such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid, b) binders such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidinone, sucrose, and acacia, c) humectants such as glycerol, d) disintegrating agents such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate, e) solution retarding agents such as paraffin, f) absorption accelerators such as quaternary ammonium compounds, g) wetting agents such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate, h) absorbents such as kaolin and bentonite clay, and i) lubricants such as talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage form may also comprise buffering agents.
  • Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like. The solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions that can be used include polymeric substances and waxes. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polethylene glycols and the like.
  • The active compounds can also be in micro-encapsulated form with one or more excipients as noted above. The solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings, release controlling coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. In such solid dosage forms the active compound may be admixed with at least one inert diluent such as sucrose, lactose or starch. Such dosage forms may also comprise, as is normal practice, additional substances other than inert diluents, e.g., tableting lubricants and other tableting aids such a magnesium stearate and microcrystalline cellulose. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage forms may also comprise buffering agents. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions that can be used include polymeric substances and waxes.
  • Dosage forms for topical or transdermal administration of a compound of this invention include ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, powders, solutions, sprays, inhalants or patches. The active component is admixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any needed preservatives or buffers as may be required. Ophthalmic formulation, ear drops, and eye drops are also contemplated as being within the scope of this invention. Additionally, the present invention contemplates the use of transdermal patches, which have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a compound to the body. Such dosage forms can be made by dissolving or dispensing the compound in the proper medium. Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the compound across the skin. The rate can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or by dispersing the compound in a polymer matrix or gel.
  • According to one embodiment, the invention relates to a method of inhibiting serine protease activity in a biological sample comprising the step of contacting said biological sample with a compound of this invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
  • According to another embodiment, the invention relates to a method of inhibiting HCV protease, or a mutant thereof, activity in a biological sample comprising the step of contacting said biological sample with a compound of this invention, or a composition comprising said compound. In certain embodiments, the invention relates to a method of irreversibly inhibiting HCV protease, or a mutant thereof, activity in a biological sample comprising the step of contacting said biological sample with a compound of this invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
  • The term “biological sample”, as used herein, includes, without limitation, cell cultures or extracts thereof; biopsied material obtained from a mammal or extracts thereof; and blood, saliva, urine, feces, semen, tears, or other body fluids or extracts thereof.
  • Inhibition of HCV protease, or a mutant thereof, activity in a biological sample is useful for a variety of purposes that are known to one of skill in the art. Examples of such purposes include, but are not limited to, blood transfusion, organ-transplantation, biological specimen storage, and biological assays.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention relates to a method of inhibiting HCV protease, or a mutant thereof, activity in a patient comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound of the present invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
  • According to another embodiment, the invention relates to a method of inhibiting HCV protease, or a mutant thereof, activity in a patient comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound of the present invention, or a composition comprising said compound. According to certain embodiments, the invention relates to a method of irreversibly inhibiting HCV protease, or a mutant thereof, activity in a patient comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound of the present invention, or a composition comprising said compound. In other embodiments, the present invention provides a method for treating a disorder mediated by HCV protease, or a mutant thereof, in a patient in need thereof, comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound according to the present invention or pharmaceutically acceptable composition thereof. Such disorders are described in detail herein.
  • Depending upon the particular condition, or disease, to be treated, additional therapeutic agents, which are normally administered to treat that condition, may be administered in combination with compounds and compositions of this invention. As used herein, additional therapeutic agents that are normally administered to treat a particular disease, or condition, are known as “appropriate for the disease, or condition, being treated”.
  • In certain embodiments, a provided compound, or composition thereof, is administered in combination with another inhibitor of HCV protease, or a variant thereof. In some embodiments, a provided compound, or composition thereof, is administered in combination with another antiviral agent. Such antiviral agents include, but are not limited to, immunomodulatory agents, such as α-, β-, and γ-interferons, pegylated derivatized interferon-a compounds, and thymosin; other anti-viral agents, such as ribavirin, amantadine, and telbivudine; other inhibitors of hepatitis C proteases (NS2-NS3 inhibitors and NS3-NS4A inhibitors, e.g. BILN 2061 and VX-950); inhibitors of other targets in the HCV life cycle, including helicase and polymerase inhibitors; inhibitors of internal ribosome entry; broad-spectrum viral inhibitors, such as IMPDH inhibitors (e.g., mycophenolic acid and derivatives thereof); or combinations of any of the above.
  • In certain embodiments, a combination of 2 or more antiviral agents may be administered. In certain embodiments, a combination of 3 or more antiviral agents may be administered. In some embodiments, the antiviral agents are selected from ribavirin or interferon. In other embodiments, the antiviral agent is α-interferon.
  • Other examples of agents the inhibitors of this invention may also be combined with include, without limitation: treatments for Alzheimer's Disease such as Aricept® and Excelon®; treatments for HIV such as ritonavir; treatments for Parkinson's Disease such as L-DOPA/carbidopa, entacapone, ropinrole, pramipexole, bromocriptine, pergolide, trihexephendyl, and amantadine; agents for treating Multiple Sclerosis (MS) such as beta interferon (e.g., Avonex® and Rebif®), Copaxone®, and mitoxantrone; treatments for asthma such as albuterol and Singulair®; agents for treating schizophrenia such as zyprexa, risperdal, seroquel, and haloperidol; anti-inflammatory agents such as corticosteroids, TNF blockers, IL-1 RA, azathioprine, cyclophosphamide, and sulfasalazine; immunomodulatory and immunosuppressive agents such as cyclosporin, tacrolimus, rapamycin, mycophenolate mofetil, interferons, corticosteroids, cyclophophamide, azathioprine, and sulfasalazine; neurotrophic factors such as acetylcholinesterase inhibitors, MAO inhibitors, interferons, anti-convulsants, ion channel blockers, riluzole, and anti-Parkinsonian agents; agents for treating cardiovascular disease such as beta-blockers, ACE inhibitors, diuretics, nitrates, calcium channel blockers, and statins; agents for treating liver disease such as corticosteroids, cholestyramine, interferons, and anti-viral agents; agents for treating blood disorders such as corticosteroids, anti-leukemic agents, and growth factors; agents that prolong or improve pharmacokinetics such as cytochrome P450 inhibitors (i.e., inhibitors of metabolic breakdown) and CYP3A4 inhibitors (e.g., ketokenozole and ritonavir), and agents for treating immunodeficiency disorders such as gamma globulin.
  • In certain embodiments, compounds of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable composition thereof, are administered in combination with a monoclonal antibody or an siRNA therapeutic.
  • Those additional agents may be administered separately from an inventive compound-containing composition, as part of a multiple dosage regimen. Alternatively, those agents may be part of a single dosage form, mixed together with a compound of this invention in a single composition. If administered as part of a multiple dosage regime, the two active agents may be submitted simultaneously, sequentially or within a period of time from one another normally within five hours from one another.
  • As used herein, the term “combination,” “combined,” and related terms refers to the simultaneous or sequential administration of therapeutic agents in accordance with this invention. For example, a compound of the present invention may be administered with another therapeutic agent simultaneously or sequentially in separate unit dosage forms or together in a single unit dosage form. Accordingly, the present invention provides a single unit dosage form comprising a compound of formula I, an additional therapeutic agent, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle.
  • The amount of both, an inventive compound and additional therapeutic agent (in those compositions which comprise an additional therapeutic agent as described above) that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. Preferably, compositions of this invention should be formulated so that a dosage of between 0.01-100 mg/kg body weight/day of an inventive can be administered.
  • In those compositions which comprise an additional therapeutic agent, that additional therapeutic agent and the compound of this invention may act synergistically. Therefore, the amount of additional therapeutic agent in such compositions will be less than that required in a monotherapy utilizing only that therapeutic agent. In such compositions a dosage of between 0.01-100 mg/kg body weight/day of the additional therapeutic agent can be administered.
  • The amount of additional therapeutic agent present in the compositions of this invention will be no more than the amount that would normally be administered in a composition comprising that therapeutic agent as the only active agent. Preferably the amount of additional therapeutic agent in the presently disclosed compositions will range from about 50% to 100% of the amount normally present in a composition comprising that agent as the only therapeutically active agent.
    • EXEMPLIFICATION
  • As depicted in the Examples below, in certain exemplary embodiments, compounds are prepared according to the following general procedures. It will be appreciated that, although the general methods depict the synthesis of certain compounds of the present invention, the following general methods, and other methods known to one of ordinary skill in the art, can be applied to all compounds and subclasses and species of each of these compounds, as described herein.
  • Compound numbers utilized in the Examples, below, correspond to compound numbers set forth in Table 3, supra.
    • Example 1
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00430
  • The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
    • Step 1a: Intermediate 1a
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00431
  • To a solution of (1R,2S)-1-amino-2-vinylcyclopropane carboxylic acid ethyl ester toluenesulfonic acid (0.33 g, 1.0 mmol) and (2S,4R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-(4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carbonyloxy)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (0.4 g, 1.0 mmol) in 10 mL of acetonitrile was added HATU (0.44 g, 1.2 mmol) and then DIEA (0.46 mL, 2.5 mmol) under stirring. The mixture was stirred at r.t. for two hours. After the complete consumption of starting materials, the reaction mixture was evaporated. The residue was dissolved in 30 mL ethyl acetate and washed with water and brine twice and dried over Na2SO4. After removal of solvent, the crude product was subject to chromatography on silica gel (hexane:EtOAc=1:1). 0.35 g of the title compound was obtained: MS m/z: 532.0 (M+H+).
    • Step 1b: Intermediate 1b
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00432
  • To a solution of the product of step 1a (0.35 g, 0.66 mmol) in 5 mL of THF/MeOH (1:1) was added 1N LiOH aqueous solution (2 mL, 2.0 mmol). After stirring at r.t. for 10 hours, the reaction mixture was neutralized with 1.0 N HCl. The organic solvents were evaporated under vacuum, and the remaining aqueous phase was acidified to pH˜3 using 1.0 N HCl and was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine, and was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After removal of solvent, 0.3 g of the title compound was obtained: MS m/z: 526.2 (M+Na+).
    • Step 1c: Intermediate 1c
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00433
  • To a solution of the product of step 1b (0.30 g, 0.6 mmol) in 10 mL of DCM was added CDI (0.16 g, 1.0 mmol) and the resulting solution was stirred at 40° C. for 1 hour. cyclopropylsulfonamide (0.18 g, 1.5 mmol) and DBU (0.16 g, 1.0 mmol) were added to the reaction mixture. The mixture was stirred at 40° C. for additional 10 hours. The solvent was then removed and the residue was diluted with EtOAc and was washed with aqueous NaOAc buffer (pH˜5, 2×10 mL), NaHCO3 solution and brine. After drying over Na2SO4 and removal of solvent, the residue was subjected to chromatography on silica gel using hexane/EtOAc (1:1˜1:2). A total of 0.30 g of the title compound was obtained: Rf 0.1 (EtOAc:hexane=1:1), MS m/z: 605.0 (M−1).
    • Step 1d: Intermediate 1d
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00434
  • The product from step 1c (0.25 g, 0.41 mmol) was dissolved in 4 N HCl in dioxane. The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 1 hour. After removal of solvents, a 10-mL portion of DCM was poured in followed by evaporation to dryness. This process of DCM addition followed by evaporation was repeated four times to give a residue solid which was used directly for the next step: MS m/z: 507.0 (M+H+).
    • Step 1e: Intermediate 1e
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00435
  • To a solution of the product of step 1d (0.16 g, 0.28 mmol) and N-Boc-3-(Fmoc)amino-L-alanine (0.15 g, 0.35 mmol) in 5.0 mL of DMF was added HATU (125 mg, 0.33 mmol) and DIEA (130 mg, 1.0 mmol) at r.t. under stirring. TLC analysis indicated completion of the coupling reaction had occurred after one hour. A 20-mL portion of EtOAc was poured in and the mixture was washed with a buffer (pH˜4, AcONa/AcOH), NaHCO3 and brine, and was dried over MgSO4. After removal of solvent, the crude oil product was subject to chromatography on silica gel (eluents: EtOAc/hexane). A total of 0.14 g of the title compound was obtained.
    • Step 1f: Intermediate 1f
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00436
  • A solution of 0.10 g of the product of step 1e in 1 mL of DMF with 12% piperidine was stirred for 1.5 hours at r.t. and then was evaporated to dryness under high vacuum. The residue was trituated with hexane/ether (4:1) to yield 70 mg of the title compound.
    • Step 1g Compound (I-1)
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00437
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-3-acrylamido-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)propanoyl)-5-(1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • Acryloyl chloride (10 uL, 0.12 mmol) was added dropwise at 0° C. to a stirred solution of 55 mg (0.08 mmol) of the product from step 1f in 3 mL of DCM containing 3 equiv. of triethylamine. The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 1.5 hrs and then was diluted with 10 mL of DCM. The resulting solution was washed twice with brine and was dried over magnesium sulfate. Removal of solvent afforded the crude product, which was purified by chromatography on silica gel eluting first with hexane/EtOAc (1:3˜1:5) and then with DCM-methanol (50:1˜25:1)). A total of 27 mg of the title compound was obtained: Rf 0.4 (EA:MeOH=10:1); MS m/z: 746.9 (M+H+).
  • In similar fashion using the product of Intermediate 1f the following compounds were prepared:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00438
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-(vinylsulfonamido)propanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • Rf: 0.50 (EtOAc/MeOH 10:1); MS m/z: 805.3 (M+H+).
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00439
    • (3R,5S)-1-((2S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-(2-chloro-2-phenylacetamido)propanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • Rf: 0.50 (DCM/MeOH 95:5); MS m/z: 845.2 (M+H+).
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00440
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-((E)-4-(dimethylamino)but-2-enamido)propanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • Rf: 0.35 (DCM/MeOH 9:1); MS m/z: 804.3 (M+H+).
  • In similar fashion using the product of Intermediate 1d and (S)-4-(Fmocamino)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoic acid, the following compound was prepared:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00441
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-4-acrylamido-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • Rf: 0.40 (EtOAc/MeOH 10:1); MS m/z: 761.3 (M+H+).
    • Example 2
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00442
  • The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
    • Step 2a: Intermediate 2a
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00443
  • To a solution of the product of step 1d from Example 1 (0.12 g, 0.22 mmol) and N-Boc-glycine (0.054 g, 0.31 mmol) in 4.0 mL of acetonitrile was added HATU (133 mg, 0.35 mmol) and DIEA (0.12 mL, 0.66 mmol) at r.t. under stirring. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h. LC-MS and TLC analysis indicated completion of the coupling reaction. A 20-mL of EtOAc was poured in and the mixture was washed with a buffer (pH˜4, AcONa/AcOH), NaHCO3 and brine, and was dried over Na2SO4. After removal of solvent, the crude product was subject to chromatography on silica gel (eluents: EtOAc/hexane). A total of 0.10 g of the title compound was obtained: Rf 0.2 (EtOAc); MS m/z: 664.0 (M+H+).
    • Step 2b: Intermediate 2b
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00444
  • The product from step 2a (0.10 g, 0.15 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL of 4 N HCl in dixoxane and the reaction was stirred for 1 hour at RT. After removal of solvents, a 3-mL portion of DCM was poured in followed by evaporation to dryness. This process of DCM addition followed by evaporation was repeated three times to give the title compound Intermediate 2b as its HCl salt (0.10 g). MS m/z: 564.0 (M+H+).
    • Step 2c
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00445
    • (3R,5S)-1-(2-acrylamidoacetyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • The title compound was made by coupling Intermediate 2b and acrylic acid using HATU following the coupling reactions described for Intermediate 2a. A total of 50 mg of the title compound was obtained: Rf 0.1 (EtOAc); MS m/z: 617.9 (M+H+).
  • Following the procedures described in Example 2, the following compounds were made similarly:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00446
    • (3R,5S)-1-(2-(E)-but-2-enamidoacetyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl-4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • MS m/z: 632.0 (M+H+).
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00447
    • (3R,5S)-1-((R)—2-acrylamidopropanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl-4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • MS m/z: 632.1 (M+H+).
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00448
    • (3R,5S)-1-((R)—2-acrylamido-3-methylbutanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl-4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • MS m/z: 660.2 (M+H+).
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00449
    • (3R,5S)-1-(2-(2-acetoxybenzamido)acetyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl-4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • MS m/z: 724.0 (M+H+).
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00450
    • (5S)-1-((R)—2-(2-chloropyrimidin-4-ylamino)propanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl-4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • Rf: 0.35 (DCM/MeOH 95:5), MS m/z: 690.3 (M+H+).
  • Following the procedures described in Example 2, the following compounds were made similarly:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00451
    • (5S)-1-(2-acetamido-2-(1-acryloylazetidin-3-yl)acetyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl-4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • MS m/z: 715.2 (M+H+).
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00452
    • (5S)-1-(2-(1-acryloylazetidin-3-yl)-2-(cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino)acetyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl-4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • MS m/z: 785.2 (M+H+).
    • Example 3
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00453
  • The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
    • Step 3a: Intermediate 3a
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00454
  • To a solution of (S)-3-amino-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)propanoic acid (2.04 g, 10 mmol), TEA (4.5 mL, 30 mmol) in 50 mL CH2Cl2 was added nitrobenzenesulfonyl chloride (2.9 g, 13.0 mmol) at RT. The mixture was stirred for 10 hours at RT. The solvent was removed under vacuum followed by the addition of 100 mL EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with 1 N HCl (to pH 3), water and brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and the solvent was removed to afford the crude Intermediate 3a (4.0 g).
    • Step 3b: Intermediate 3b
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00455
  • The crude Intermediate 3a (2.0 g), K2CO3 (1.5, 4 equiv.) were dissolved in 10 mL DMF. MeI (0.8 mL, 4 eqiv.) was added to the reaction at RT. The resulting mixture was stirred for 20 hours. The DMF was mostly removed under vacuum and 100 mL EtOAc was added and the mixture was washed with water and brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4. After removal of solvent, the crude product was subject to a short silica gel column (eluents: EtOAc/hexane) to produce 1.62 g of the Intermediate 3b. MS m/z: 439.9 (M+Na+).
    • Step 3c: Intermediate 3c
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00456
  • To a solution of Intermediate 3b (1.6 g, 3.8 mmol) in 10 mL of THF/MeOH (1:1) was added 1 N LiOH aqueous solution (5.8 mL, 5.8 mmol). After stirring at r.t. for 10 hours, the reaction mixture was neutralized with 1.0 N HCl. The organic solvent was evaporated under vacuum, and the remaining aqueous phase was acidified to pH˜3 using 1.0 N HCl and was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine, and was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After removal of solvent, 1.5 g of Intermediate 3c was obtained. MS m/z: 402.0 (M−1, negative mode).
    • Step 3d: Intermediate 3d
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00457
  • To a solution of Intermediate 1d (0.12 g, 0.20 mmol) and Intermediate 3c (0.12 g, 0.3 mmol) in 5.0 mL of anhydrous acetonitrile was added HATU (0.11 g, 0.3 mmol) and DIEA (0.14 mL, 0.9 mmol) at r.t. under stirring. TLC analysis and LC-MS indicated completion of the coupling reaction after one hour. A 20-mL portion of EtOAc was poured in and the mixture was washed with a buffer (pH˜4, AcONa/AcOH), NaHCO3 and brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4. After removal of solvent, the crude product was subject to chromatography on silica gel (eluents: EtOAc/hexane). A total of 0.10 g of Intermediate 3d was obtained: Rf 0.1 (EtOAc); MS m/z: 891.8 (M+H+).
    • Step 3e: Intermediate 3e
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00458
  • To a solution of Intermediate 3d (0.10 g, 0.11 mmol) in 3 mL DMF was added phenylthiol (30 mg, 0.26 mmol) and K2CO3 (40 mg, 0.3 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred for 20 hours at RT. 30 mL EtOAc was added and the mixture was washed with water and brine and water. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4. After removal of solvent, the crude product was subject to chromatography on silica gel (eluents: EtOAc/hexane) to produce 0.1 g of crude Intermediate 3e. MS m/z: 706.9 (M+H+).
    • Step 3f: Compound I-11
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00459
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-(N-methylacrylamido)propanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate (I-11)
  • Acryloyl chloride (9 uL, 0.11 mmol) was added dropwise at 0° C. to a stirred solution of 0.1 g (0.1 mmol) of the product from step 3e in 3 mL of DCM containing 0.04 mL (0.3 mmol) of triethylamine. The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 1.5 hrs and then was diluted with 10 mL of DCM. The resulting solution was washed twice with brine and was dried over magnesium sulfate. Removal of solvent afforded the crude product, which was purified by chromatography on silica gel eluting first with hexane/EtOAc (1:3˜1:5) and then with EtOAc. A total of 20 mg of the title compound was obtained:
  • Rf 0.15 (EtOAc); MS m/z: 760.9 (M+H+). 1HNMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 7.32 (m, 1H), 7.13-6.98 (m, 2H), 6.75 (m, 1H), 6.23 (dd, 1H, J=2.3, 16.5 Hz), 5.73 (m, 2H), 5.45-5.29 (m, 2H), 5.12 (dd, 1H, J=1.4, 10.0 Hz), 4.72 (s, 4H), 4.45 (m, 1H), 4.25-4.09 (m, 1H), 3.91 (m, 1H), 3.75-3.50 (m, 1H), 3.15 (s, 3H), 2.96 (m, 1H), 2.42 (m, 1H), 2.25 (m, 2H), 1.87 (m, 1H), 1.45-0.85 (m, 14H).
  • In similar fashion using the Intermediate 3e, 2-chloroethanesulfonyl chloride, and triethyl amine, the following compound was prepared:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00460
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-(N-methylvinylsulfonamido)propanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • Rf: 0.55 (DCM/MeOH 95:5); MS m/z: 797.3 (M+H+).
  • In similar fashion, using (S)-4-(Fmocamino)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoic acid in step 3a in the place of (S)-3-amino-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)propanoic acid, the following compound was prepared:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00461
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-4-(N-methylacrylamido)butanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • Rf: 0.45 (DCM/MeOH 95:5); MS m/z: 775.3 (M+H+).
  • In similar fashion, following the procedures described in Example 3, compound I-14 can be made by using ethyl iodide in step 3b in place of methyl iodide:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00462
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-(N-ethylacrylamido)propanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • Compound I-15 was made by following the procedures described in Example 3, using allyl bromide in step 3b in place of methyl iodide.
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00463
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-3-(N-allylacrylamido)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)propanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • Rf: 0.58 (DCM/MeOH 95:5); MS m/z: 787.3 (M+H+).
  • The following compounds can be made by starting with the (1R,2S)-1-amino-2-ethylcyclopropane carboxylic acid ethyl ester in step 1a and following the appropriate procedures described in Example 3:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00464
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-3-(N-allylacrylamido)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)propanoyl)-5-((1R,2R)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-ethylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00465
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-(N-methylacrylamido)propanoyl)-5-((1R,2R)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-ethylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00466
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-3-acrylamido-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)propanoyl)-5-((1R,2R)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-ethylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • In similar fashion, the following compound was prepared:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00467
    • (5S)-1-(2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-((E)-4-(dimethylamino)-N-methylbut-2-enamido)propanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • Rf: 0.45 (DCM/MeOH 95:5); MS m/z: 818.5 (M+H+).
    • Example 4
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00468
  • The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
    • Step 4a: Intermediate 4a
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00469
  • The Intermediate 1e from step 1e was treated with 4 N HCl according to the procedure described in step 1 d to afford the Intermediate 4a as its HCl salt. MS m/z: 815.2 (M+H+).
    • Step 4b: Intermediate 4b
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00470
  • Cyclopentylchloroformate (1.5 equiv.) was added dropwise at 0° C. to a stirred solution of Intermediate 4a (1 equiv.) from step 4a in DCM containing 3 equiv. of triethylamine. The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 1.5 hrs and then was diluted with 10 mL of DCM. The resulting solution was washed twice with brine and was dried over magnesium sulfate. Removal of solvent afforded the crude product, which was purified by chromatography on silica gel eluting first with hexane/EtOAc (1:3˜1:5) and then with EtOAc to afford the title compound (60-90%): MS m/z: 925.2 (M−1).
    • Step 4c: Compound I-19
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00471
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-3-acrylamido-2-(cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino)propanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • The title compound was prepared from Intermediate 4b according to the procedures described in step 1f and step 1g. MS m/z: 759.0 (M+H+).
  • Starting from the appropriate intermediates, in similar fashion, the following compounds were prepared:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00472
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-2-(cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino)-3-(N-methylacrylamido)propanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • Rf: 0.4 (EtOAc/MeOH 20:1); MS m/z: 773.2 (M+H+).
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00473
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-2-(cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino)-4-(N-methylacrylamido)butanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • Rf: 0.4 (EtOAc/MeOH 20:1); MS m/z: 787.3 (M+H+).
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00474
    • (5S)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)-1-(2-(4-(methoxycarbonyl)bicyclo[2.2.2]octane-1-carboxamido)-3-(N-methylacrylamido)propanoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • Rf: 0.45 (EtOAc/MeOH 10:1); MS m/z: 855.3 (M+H+).
    • Example 5
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00475
  • The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below:
    • Step 5a: Intermediate 5a
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00476
  • To a solution of Boc-L-Threonine (0.44 g 2.0 mmol) in 10.0 mL of DCM was added crotyl chloride (0.32 g, 3.0 mmol) at RT followed by the addition of catalytic amount of DMAP and TEA (1.0 mL, 6 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 10 h at RT. Aqueous NaHCO3 solution (10 mL) was added to quench the reaction. After 2 hours, 1 N HCl aqueous solution was added slowly to pH˜3. The DCM layer was collected and the aqueous was extracted by DCM (2×10 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and the solvent was removed to provide the crude product.
    • Step 5b: I-22
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00477
    • (3R,5S)-1-((2S,3R)-3-((E)-but-2-enoyloxy)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl-4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • The title compound was made by coupling Intermediate 1d from Example 1 and Intermediate 5a using HATU following the coupling reactions described for Intermediate 1e in Example 1. A total of 90 mg of the title compound was obtained from 109 mg of Intermediate 1d: Rf 0.5 (EtOAc); MS m/z: 774.3 (M+H+).
  • Starting from the Intermediate 1d, by coupling with the appropriate intermediates, in similar fashion, the following compounds were prepared:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00478
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-(2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)acryloyloxy)propanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • MS m/z: 862.2 (M−1).
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00479
    • (3R,5S)-1-((2S,3R)-3-(acryloyloxy)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • Rf: 0.4 (EtOAc); MS m/z: 760.1 (M−1).
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00480
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-((2E,4E)-hexa-2,4-dienoyloxy)propanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • MS m/z: 786.1 (ES−).
    • Example 6 Compound I-25
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00481
  • (I-25): The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below:
    • Step 6a: Intermediate 6a
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00482
  • To a solution of N-Boc-pyroglutamic acid (0.23 g 1.0 mmol) in 10.0 mL of anhydrous THF was added 2-methylprop-1-enyl)magnesium bromide (0.5 M in THF, 5 mL, 2.5 mmol) at −78° C. slowly. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at −78° C. 1 N HCl (2.5 mL) aqueous solution was added and the mixture was slowly warmed up to RT. The pH was adjusted to ˜3-4 by 1 N HCl. The THF was then removed under vacuum and the remaining aqueous was extracted by DCM (3×15 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and the solvent was removed to provide the crude product.
    • Step 6b: I-25
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00483
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-7-methyl-5-oxooct-6-enoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • The title compound was made by coupling Intermediate 1d from Example 1 and Intermediate 6a using HATU following the coupling reactions described for Intermediate 1e in Example 1. A total of 80 mg of the title compound was obtained from 108 mg of Intermediate 1d: Rf 0.3 (EtOAc); MS m/z: 774.1 (M+H+). 1HNMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 7.31 (dd, 1H, J=13.3, 7.4 Hz), 7.13-6.98 (m, 2H), 6.18 (s, 1H), 5.74 (m, 1H), 5.38 (s, 1H), 5.32 (d, 1H, J=17.0 Hz), 5.12 (d, 1H, J=10.1 Hz), 4.72 (s, 4H), 4.48 (dd, 1H, J=17.0, 9.16 Hz), 4.29 (m, 2H), 3.89 (m, 1H), 2.93 (m, 1H), 2.60-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.22 (m, 2H), 2.10 (s, 3H), 2.02-1.75 (br, 1H), 1.88 (s, 3H), 1.46-0.80 (m, 14H).
  • 13C NMR (CD3OD, 100 MHz):
  • δ 201.8, 175.3, 174.5, 170.6, 157.7, 156.9, 155.6, 141.1, 134.2, 131.2, 124.8, 119.9, 119.7, 118.6, 115.0, 114.8, 80.3, 76.1, 61.0, 55.0, 54.9, 54.8, 53.5, 53.3, 52.7, 50.3, 50.1, 42.6, 40.3, 35.7, 35.4, 32.1, 28.7, 28.5, 27.7, 26.9, 24.0, 20.9, 6.74, 6.47.
  • Starting from the Intermediate 1d, by coupling with the appropriate intermediates made similarly as described in Step 6a, the following compounds were prepared:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00484
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S,E)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-5-oxooct-6-enoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl-4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • A total of 80 mg of the title compound was obtained from 150 mg of Intermediate 1d: Rf 0.3 (EtOAc); MS m/z: 760.3 (M+H+).
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00485
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-6-methyl-5-oxohept-6-enoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • A total of 80 mg of the title compound was obtained from 150 mg of Intermediate 1d: Rf 0.4 (EtOAc); MS m/z: 782.2 (M+Na+). 1HNMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 7.31 (dd, 1H, J=13.3, 7.4 Hz), 7.09 (dd, 1H, J=33, 7.4 Hz), 7.0 (m, 1H), 6.12 (s, 1H), 5.82 (s, 1H), 5.74 (m, 1H), 5.39 (s, 1H), 5.31 (dd, 1H, J=1.4, 17.0 Hz), 5.12 (dd, 1H, J=10.1, 1.4 Hz), 4.73 (m, 4H), 4.48 (m, 1H), 4.32 (m, 2H), 3.90 (m, 1H), 2.91 (m, 1H), 2.42 (m, 1H), 2.22 (m, 2H), 2.01 (m, 1H), 1.90-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.84 (s, 3H), 1.40-1.02 (m, 14H).
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00486
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S,E)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-6-methyl-5-oxooct-6-enoyl)-5-((1R,2R)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-ethylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • A total of 50 mg of the title compound was obtained from 150 mg of Intermediate 1d: Rf 0.5 (EtOAc); MS m/z: 796.2 (M+Na+).
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00487
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-5-methyl-4-oxohex-5-enoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • MS m/z: 768.2 (M+Na+).
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00488
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-5-methyl-4-oxohex-5-enoyl)-5-((1R,2R)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-ethylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • MS m/z: 770.3 (M+Na+).
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00489
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S,E)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-5-methyl-4-oxohept-5-enoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • MS m/z: 782.3 (M+Na+).
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00490
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S,Z)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-8,8-dimethyl-5-oxonon-6-enoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • 1HNMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 7.3 (m, 1H), 7.14-6.99 (m, 2H), 6.03 (d, 1H, J=12.8 Hz), 5.85 (d, 1H, J=13.0 Hz), 5.76 (m, 1H), 5.40 (s, 1H), 5.32 (d, 1H, J=17.4 Hz), 5.12 (d, 1H, J=10.1 Hz), 4.74 (br, 4H), 4.47 (m, 1H), 4.32 (br, 2H), 3.91 (m, 1H), 2.94 (m, 1H), 2.62 (m, 2H), 2.43 (m, 1H), 2.24 (m, 2H), 2.1-1.70 (br, 3H), 1.45-1.10 (m, 22H).
  • MS m/z: 802.2 (M+Na+).
  • Starting from the Intermediate 1d, by coupling with (S,E)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-7-methoxy-7-oxohept-5-enoic acid, the following compound was prepared.
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00491
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S,E)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-7-methoxy-7-oxohept-5-enoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • MS m/z: 798.3 (M+Na+).
  • Starting from the Intermediate 1d, the following compounds are prepared by coupling with the appropriate intermediates made similarly as described in Step 6a:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00492
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-5-oxooct-6-ynoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00493
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3,3,7-trimethyl-5-oxooct-6-enoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00494
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-4,4,7-trimethyl-5-oxooct-6-enoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00495
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-6-methyl-4-oxohept-5-enoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • MS m/z: 760.1 (M+H+).
  • Starting from the Intermediate 1d, the following compound was prepared by coupling with the appropriate intermediates made similarly as described in Step 6a:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00496
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-8,8-dimethyl-5-oxonon-6-ynoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • MS m/z: 822.3 (M+Na+).
  • The following compound was made by palladium catalyzed hydrogenation of Intermediate 1d, followed by coupling reaction described in step 6b:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00497
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-7-methyl-5-oxooct-6-enoyl)-5-((1R,2R)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-ethylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • A total of 33 mg of the title compound was obtained from 100 mg of Intermediate 1d: Rf 0.5 (EtOAc); MS m/z: 776.2 (M+H+).
  • In similar fashion, the following compounds are made:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00498
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-6-methyl-5-oxohept-6-enoyl)-5-((1R,2R)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-ethylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00499
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-5-cyclobutenyl-5-oxopentanoyl)-5-((1R,2R)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-ethylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00500
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-6-cyclobutylidene-5-oxohexanoyl)-5-((1R,2R)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-ethylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00501
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S,E)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-8,8-dimethyl-5-oxonon-6-enoyl)-5-((1R,2R)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-ethylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00502
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-2-((S)-2-oxocyclopent-3-enyl)acetyl)-5-((1R,2R)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-ethylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • In similar fashion, the following compound was made:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00503
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-6-methyl-4-oxohept-5-enoyl)-5-((1R,2R)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-ethylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • MS m/z: 762.2 (M+Na+).
  • The following compound was made by prolonged palladium catalyzed hydrogenation (24-48 hours) of Intermediate 1d, followed by coupling reaction described in step 6b:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00504
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-7-methyl-5-oxooct-6-enoyl)-5-(1-(cyclopropanesulfonamido)-1-oxohexan-2-ylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • A total of 58 mg of the title compound (I-44) was obtained from 100 mg of Intermediate 1d: Rf 0.5 (EtOAc); MS m/z: 800.2 (M+Na+).
  • The following scheme and procedure depict a synthesis of (S,E)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-7-cyclopentyl-5-oxohept-6-enoic acid:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00505
  • To a stirring solution of 1 mmol diethyl methylphosphonate in 2 mL of anhydrous THF under Ar at −78° C., was added dropwise 650 uL of 1.6 M n-butyllithium solution in hexane. The resulting mixture was stirred 30 min at −78° C. before N-Boc methyl pyroglutamate (1 mmol) in 1 mL of THF were added. The reaction mixture was then warmed slowly to room temperature, and stirred overnight. Aqueous NH4Cl solution (5 mL) was added, and the reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL). The organic layer was then dried over sodium sulfate, filtrated, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel with heptane/EtOAc 1/3 (v/v) as eluting solvent, giving the phosphonate as a colorless oil 220 mg (55%).
  • To a solution of 105 mg of phosphonate from above (0.265 mmol), 52 mg of cyclopentanyl carboxaldehyde (2 equiv.), 110 mg of potassium carbonate in 2 mL of THF and 2 mL of water was stirred vigorously overnight. Ethyl acetate 30 mL was then added in, and the organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate. After concentration, the residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel with heptane/EtOAc 1/3 (v/v) as eluting solvent, giving a colorless oil (52 mg, 58%) as the desired ester.
  • The ester obtained was then subjected to basic hydrolysis in 1 mL of THF and 1 mL of t-butanol with 0.5 mL of 1 M aqueous LiOH solution. After 30 min, 0.6 mL of 1 M HCl was added, and the resulting mixture was extracted with 30 mL of ethyl acetate. After drying over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the organic layer was filtrated, concentrated to give the desired acid.
  • The following compound was prepared by coupling Intermediate 1d with (S,E)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-7-cyclopentyl-5-oxohept-6-enoic acid made above using HATU by the procedures described in previous examples:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00506
    • (3R,5S)-1-((S,E)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-7-cyclopentyl-5-oxohept-6-enoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • MS m/z: 812.4 (ES−).
  • In similar manner, by using an appropriate aldehyde in the step for the synthesis of (S,E)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-7-cyclopentyl-5-oxohept-6-enoic acid described above, the following compounds can be prepared:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00507
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00508
    • EXAMPLE 7
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00509
    • (1aR,3aS,5R,9S,16aS,Z)-11-(o-nitrophenylsulfonyl)-9-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-1a-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-3,8-dioxo-1,1a,2,3,3a,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16a-hexadecahydrocyclopropa[n]pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4,8]triazacyclopentadecin-5-yl-4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate (I-45)
  • The title compound is prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below:
    • Step 7a: Intermediate 7a
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00510
  • The Intermediate 7a was made following the procedure described for the synthesis of Intermediate 3c by using 5-bromopent-1-ene as the alkylating reagent.
    • Step 7b: Intermediate 7b
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00511
  • The Intermediate 7b was made by coupling Intermediate 1d from Example 1 and Intermediate 7a using HATU following the coupling reactions described for Intermediate 1e in Example 1. MS: 946.2 (M+1).
    • Step 7c: Compound I-45
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00512
  • To a solution of 540 mg of Intermediate 7b in 150 mL of anhydrous dichloromethane was added 100 mg 1,3-Bis(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)-4,5-dihydroimidazol-2-ylidene[2-(i-propoxy)-5-(N,N-dimethylaminosulfonyl) phenyl]methyleneruthenium (II) (Zhan catalyst 1B, RC-303, Zannan Pharma Ltd.) under nitrogen. The resulting mixture was heated at 48° C. overnight. The LC-MS showed complete conversion to the product. Reaction solution was subject to flash column chromatography on silica gel with eluent (heptane/EtOAc v/v 1:1 to pure EtOAc), giving 140 mg of the desired product. MS: 916.3 (ES−).
  • In similar fashion, by starting with (S)-5-allylamino-2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-pentanoic acid in step 7a, the following compound was prepared:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00513
  • MS: 916.3 (ES−)
  • In similar fashion, by starting with (S)-4-[But-3-enyl-(2-nitro-benzenesulfonyl)-amino]-2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-butyric acid in step 7a, the following compound was prepared:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00514
  • MS: 916.3 (ES−)
    • Example 8
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00515
  • (1aR,3aS,5R,9S,16aS,Z)-11-acryloyl-9-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-1a-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-3,8-dioxo-1,1a,2,3,3a,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16a-hexadecahydrocyclopropa[n]pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4,8]triazacyclopentadecin-5-yl-4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate (I-35)
  • The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below:
    • Step 8a: Intermediate 8a
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00516
  • The Intermediate 8a was made by treating compound I-45 from Example 7 with thiophenol following the procedure described in step 3e. MS: 733.3 (M+1).
    • Step 8b: Compound I-35
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00517
  • The title compound was made by treating Intermediate 8a with acryloyl chloride following the procedure described in step 3f. Rf 0.2 (5% MeOH in DCM); MS m/z: 787.3 (M+H+).
  • In similar fashion, by treating Intermediate 8a with chloroacetyl chloride (1.2 eq), the following compound was prepared:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00518
    • (1aR,3aS,5R,9S,16aS,Z)-11-chloroacetyl-9-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-1a-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-3,8-dioxo-1,1a,2,3,3a,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16a-hexadecahydrocyclopropa[n]pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4,8]triazacyclopentadecin-5-yl-4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate (I-45)
  • MS: 831.2 (M+Na+).
  • In similar fashion, by treating Intermediate 8a with Chloroacetyl chloride (3.0 eq), the following compound was prepared:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00519
  • MS: 907.2 (M+Na+).
  • In similar fashion, by starting with compounds I-53, and I-54 in step 8a, the following compounds were prepared:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00520
  • (1aR,3aS,5R,9S,16aS,Z)-12-acryloyl-9-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-1a-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-3,8-dioxo-1,1a,2,3,3a,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16a-hexadecahydrocyclopropa[n]pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4,9]triazacyclopentadecin-5-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • MS: 785.3 (ES−).
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00521
    • (1aR,3aS,5R,9S,16aS,Z)-13-acryloyl-9-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-1a-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-3,8-dioxo-1,1a,2,3,3a,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16a-hexadecahydrocyclopropa [e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4,10]triazacyclopentadecin-5-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • MS: 787.3 (ES+), 785.3 (ES−).
  • By starting with compound I-67 and following the metathesis procedure described in step 7c, the following compound was prepared.
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00522
    • (2R,6S,10E,12Z,13aS,14aR,16aS)-6-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-14a-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-5,9,16-trioxo-2,3,5,6,7,9,13a,14,14a,15,16,16a-dodecahydro-1H-cyclopropa[i]pyrrolo[1,2-e][1,5,8]oxadiazacyclopentadecin-2-yl-4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • MS: 744.2 (ES−).
  • Following the procedures described in Examples 7 and 8, by starting with the appropriate intermediate in the place of intermediate 7a, the following compound was prepared:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00523
    • (2R,6S,13aS,14aR,16aS,Z)-9-((E)-but-2-enoyloxy)-6-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-14a-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-5,16-dioxo-1,2,3,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,13a,14,14a,15,16,16a-hexadecahydrocyclopropa[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazacyclopentadecin-2-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate
  • MS: 838.2 (M+Na).
    • Example 9
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00524
  • The title compound is prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described in the scheme below:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00525
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00526
    • Methyl 2,2,12,12-tetramethyl-4,9-dioxo-3,10-dioxa-5,8-diazahexadec-15-ene-7-carboxylate (Intermediate 9-1)
  • To a stirring solution of 381 mg of methyl 2-amino-3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)propanoate hydrochloride, and 1 mL of Et3N in 10 mL of anhydrous THF, was added 1.5 mmol of 2,2-dimethylhex-5-enyl carbonochloridate. The resulting mixture was stirred at rt overnight, then concentrated. The residue was subject to column chromatography on silica gel with heptanes/EtOAc (v/v 7/1) as eluent, giving 500 mg colorless oil (90%). 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) d 5.82 (m, 1H), 5.64 (br s, 1H), 5.02 (dd, 1H, J=13.2, 1.8 Hz), 4.95 (d, 1H, J=8.2 Hz), 4.83 (br s, 1H), 4.39 (br d, 1H, J=6.0 Hz), 3.83 (br s, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 2.55 (m, 2H), 2.02 (m, 2H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.35 (m, 2H), 0.91 (s, 6H).
    • Intermediate 9-2
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00527
    • 2,2,12,12-tetramethyl-4,9-dioxo-3,10-dioxa-5,8-diazahexadec-15-ene-7-carboxylic acid (Intermediate 9-2)
  • To a stirring mixture of 500 mg of intermediate 8-1 in a mixed solvent of MeOH-THF (5 mL-5 mL), was added 420 mg of LiOH—H2O followed by 5 mL of water. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 30 min, then acidified using 12 mL of 1.0 N HCl, and extracted with 60 mL of dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with brine and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, 460 mg of sticky oil was obtained as desired product (95%). LC-MS: m/z=357.2 (ES−).
    • Intermediate 9-3
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00528
    • 2S,4R)-1-tert-butyl 2-methyl 4-(4-bromoisoindoline-2-carbonyloxy)pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate (Intermediate 9-3
  • To a solution containing 0.5 g of (2S,4R)-1-tert-butyl 2-methyl 4-hydroxypyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate (2 mmol) in 5 mL of N,N-dimethylacetamide, was added 370 mg of carbonyl diimidazole (1.1 equiv.). The reaction was heated at 60° C. for 1 hr, then 400 mg of 4-bromoisoindole (2 mmol) was added. The reaction was continued at 60° C. overnight. After cooling down, the reaction mixture was extracted with 50 mL of EtOAc, and washed with water, brine, and dried over Na2SO4. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel using heptanes/EtOAc (v/v 5/2), giving white solid 745 mg (79%). LC-MS: m/z=369.2 (ES+, M+1−Boc).
    • Intermediate 9-4
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00529
    • 2S,4R)-1-tert-butyl 2-methyl 4-(4-vinylisoindoline-2-carbonyloxy)pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate (Intermediate 9-4
  • Under Ar, to a solution of 745 mg of intermediate 8-3 (1.58 mmol) in 30 mL of de-gassed toluene, was added 170 mg of palladium tetrakistriphenylphosphine followed by 700 uL of vinyl tributyltin (2.4 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 100° C. overnight. After cooling down, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel with heptanes/EtOAc (v/v 9/1-3/1) as eluent, giving white solid 533 mg (81%). LC-MS: m/z=317.2 (ES+, M+1−Boc).
    • Intermediate 9-5
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00530
    • (2S,4R)-methyl 1-((S)-3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-2-((2,2-dimethylhex-5-enyloxy)carbonylamino)propanoyl)-4-(4-vinyl-2,3-dihydro-1H-indene-2-carbonyloxy)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate (Intermediate 9-5)
  • Intermediate 9-4 was Boc-deprotected using 4 N HCl in dioxane as described in Example 1. 288 mg of this de-Boc intermediate (0.82 mmol) was added to a stirring mixture containing 358 mg of intermediate 9-2 (1.0 mmol), 400 mg of HATU (1.05 mmol), 300 uL of DIPEA in 5 mL of THF. After overnight stirring, the reaction mixture was diluted with 60 mL of EtOAc, and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate, diluted HCl, and dried over Na2SO4. Concentration and purification by flash column chromatography on silica gel with heptanes/EtOAc (1/1) giving white solid 485 mg (90%). LC-MS: m/z=557.3 (ES+, M+1−Boc).
    • Intermediate 9-6
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00531
    • Macrocyclic Intermediate 9-6
  • Under N2, a diluted solution of 485 mg of intermediate 9-5 and 150 mg Zhan's catalyst 1B were stirred in 100 mL of de-gassed dichloroethane at 50° C. overnight. The reaction mixture was then passed through a short column, then eluted with heptanes/EtOAc (v/v 1/3). The concentrated fraction was then subject to pre-HPLC purification, giving 312 mg of browny solid (70%). LC-MS: m/z=529.2 (ES+, M+1−Boc).
    • Intermediate 9-8
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00532
    • Macrocycle Intermediate 9-8
  • 25 mg of intermediate 9-6 was hydrolyzed in 1 mL of MeOH and 1 mL of THF using 1 mL of 1.0 N LiOH for 1 hr. 1.2 mL of 1.0 N HCl was then added, and the reaction mixture was extracted with 30 mL of dichloromethane. The organic layer was then washed with brine, and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the residue was redissolved in 1.5 mL of anhydrous acetonitrile, 25 mg of HATU, 200 uL of DIPEA were then added followed by 13 mg of intermediate 9-7. After stirring at rt for 20 min, the reaction mixture was concentrated and purified directly by prep-HPLC, giving 20 mg yellow solid (61%). LC-MS: m/z=727.2 (ES+, M+1−Boc, 825.2 (ES−).
  • I-40:
  • To a solution of 20 mg of intermediate 9-8 stirred in 1 L dichloromethane, was added 1.5 mL of 4.0 M HCl in dioxane. After 30 min, the reaction mixture was concentrated. To the residue was added 1.5 mL of acetonitrile, 200 uL of DIPEA, 20 mg of acrylic acid, and 50 mg of HATU. After stirring at rt for 30 min, the reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by prep-HPLC, giving white solid 14.0 mg (68%). LC-MS: m/z=779.3 (ES−), 781.2 (ES+)
  • In similar fashion, by starting with Intermediate 3c instead of Intermediate 3a, the following compound can be made:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00533
  • In similar fashion, using the saturated form of Intermediate 9-6, the following compound was made:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00534
  • LC-MS: m/z=781.3 (ES−), 783.2 (ES+).
  • In similar fashion, if both Intermediate 9-7 and Intermediate 9-8 are hydrogenated before coupling, the following compound can be made:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00535
    • Example 10
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00536
    • Enone-macrocyclic I-45
  • The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described in the scheme below:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00537
    Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00538
    • Intermediate 10-1
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00539
    • S)-2-benzyl 1-(2,2-dimethylhex-5-enyl) 5-oxopyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate (Intermediate 10-1
  • At 0° C., to a stirring solution of 440 mg of 5-Oxo-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid benzyl ester (2 mmol), 300 uL of triethylamine, 300 mg of N,N-dimethylaminopyridine (2.2 mmol) in 7 mL of dichloromethane, was added 2 mmol of 4-pentenyl-1-yl chloroformate. The reaction mixture was then warmed to rt, and stirred 24 hr. After concentration, the resulting residue was dissolved in EtOAc 40 mL, washed with 6 mL of 1.0 N aq. HCl, brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The organic solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using heptane/EtOAc (v/v 4/1-2/1), giving 430 mg of colorless oil as intermediate 10-1 (58%).
    • Intermediate 10-2
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00540
    • 2-((2,2-dimethylhex-5-enyloxy)carbonylamino)-7-methyl-5-oxooct-6-enoic acid (Intermediate 10-2)
  • The debenzylation was done with 13 mg of Pd(OAc)2, 24 uL of Et3N, 278 uL of Et3SiH in 2 mL of dichloromethane at rt for 30 min. After filtration, the concentrated residue was subject to Grignard reagent (2.5 equiv) addition at −78° C. for 2 hr. After quenching with diluted acid, the product was extracted with dichloromethane and dried over MgSO4. The concentrated product is desired intermediate 10-2, which was used directly for next step.
  • Following the general procedures described in Example 9, Intermediate 9-4 was de-Boced with 4 N HCl, then coupled with intermediate 10-2, which produced Intermediate 10-3. Intermediate 10-3 underwent olefin metathesis using either Grubbs catalyst or Zhan's catalyst, to give macrocycle Intermediate 10-4. After basic hydrolysis with LiOH, the acid form of intermediate 10-4 was coupled with Intermediate 9-7, furnishing the title compound I-55. MS: m/e=806.3 (ES−).
  • In similar fashion, compound I-56 was prepared when using the saturated form of Intermediate 9-7:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00541
  • MS m/z: 808.3 (ES−).
  • In similar fashion, compound I-79 was prepared when using (S)-benzyl 4-oxoazetidine-2-carboxylate in the place of the 5-Oxo-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid benzyl ester in the first step:
  • Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00542
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 8.80 (s, 1H), 7.12-7.25 (m, 3H), 6.36 (d, 1H, J=16.0 Hz), 6.15 (s, 1H), 6.04 (m, 1H), 5.75 (m, 1H), 5.35 (br t, 1H, J=4.0 Hz), 5.28 (d, 1H, J=2.0, 16.8 Hz), 5.10 (dd, 1H, J=2.0, 12.4 Hz), 4.67 (m, 2H), 4.38 (dt, 2H, J=4.0, 11.2 Hz), 4.26 (d, 1H, J=11.6 Hz), 4.12 (dd, 1H, J=3.6, 12.0 Hz), 3.40 (d, 1H, J=10.8 Hz), 3.11 (dd, 1H, J=7.2, 17.6 Hz), 2.82-2.92 (m, 2H), 2.60 (dd, 1H, J=6.8, 14.0 Hz), 2.15-2.30 (m, 4H), 2.13 (s, 3H), 1.90 (s, 3H), 1.79 (dd, 1H, J=5.2, 8.0 Hz), 1.40 (m, 3H), 1.20 (m, 2H), 1.06 (m, 1H), 0.99 (s, 3H), 0.88 (s, 3H). MS: m/e=794.2 (ES+).
    • Example 11 Single Chain HCV Protease (Wt) Peptide Expression and Purification
  • The single-chain proteolytic domain (NS4A21-32-GSGS-NS33-631) was cloned into pET-14b (Novagen, Madison, Wis.) and transformed into DH10B cells (Invitrogen). The resulting plasmid was transferred into Escherichia coli BL21 (Novagen) for protein expression and purification as described previously (1, 2). Briefly, the cultures were grown at 37° C. in LB medium containing 100 μg/mL of ampicillin until the optical density at 600 nm (OD600) reached 1.0 and were induced by addition of isopropyl-β-D-thiogalactopyranoside (IPTG) to 1 mM. After an additional incubation at 18° C. for 20 h, bacteria were harvested by centrifugation at 6,000×g for 10 min and resuspended in a lysis buffer containing 50 mM Na3PO4, pH 8.0, 300 mM NaCl, 5 mM 2-mercaptoethanol, 10% glycerol, 0.5% Igepal CA630, and a protease inhibitor cocktail consisting of 1 mM phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride, 0.5 μg/mL leupeptin, pepstatin A, and 2 mM benzamidine. Cells were lysed by freezing and thawing, followed by sonication. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation at 12,000×g for 30 min. The supernatant was further clarified by passing through a 0.45-μm filter (Corning) and then loaded onto a HiTrap chelating column charged with NiSO4 (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech). The bound protein was eluted with an imidazole solution in a 100-to-500 mM linear gradient. Selected fractions were run through Ni2+ column chromatography and were analyzed on a 10% sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS)-polyacrylamide gel. The purified protein was resolved by electrophoresis in a 12% SDS-PAGE gel and then transferred onto a nitrocellulose membrane. The protein was analyzed by Western blot analysis using monoclonal antibodies against NS3. Proteins were visualized by using a chemiluminescence kit (Roche) with horseradish peroxidase-conjugated goat anti-mouse antibodies (Pierce) as secondary antibodies. The protein was aliquoted and stored at −80° C.
    • Example 12 Cloning and Expression of HCV Protease A156S, A156T, D168A, D168V Drug-Resistance Mutants and C159S Variant
  • The mutant DNA fragments of NS4A/NS3 were generated by PCR and cloned into pET expression vector. After transformation into BL21 competent cells, the expression was induced with IPTG for 2 hours. The His-tagged fusion proteins were purified using affinity column followed by size exclusion chromatography.
    • Example 13
  • Assay buffer: 2% CHAPS, 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 50% glycerol, 2 uM M-2235 (Bachem) substrate. In a 50 ul reaction, add 49 ul assay buffer, 1 ul (1 U) HCV serine protease (Bioenza). Incubate 20 minutes at room temperature. The plate was read at either 350/460 nm (excitation/emission) on a fluorescent micro-plate reader or monitored at one-minute intervals to achieve the kinetic curve.
  • The enzyme tolerated 1% DMSO and 2% methanol. In the experiments of testing compounds, the compounds in pure DMSO were diluted 10 times with 20% methanol (10% DMSO and 20% methanol). This compound solution was added to the reaction (not exceeding 10% of the final reaction volume). The final concentration of the organic solvents was: 1% DMSO and 2% methanol.
    • Example 14 Additional Assay Protocols Method A:
  • The compounds were assayed to evaluate the antiviral activity and cytotoxicity of compounds in vitro using HCV RNA replicons. This assay used the cell line ET (luc-ubi-neo/ET), which is a human Huh7 hepatoma cell line that contains an HCV RNA replicon with a stable luciferase (Luc) reporter and three cell culture-adaptive mutations. The HCV RNA levels were directly measured by viral specific TaqMan RT-PCR:
  • Forward primer:
    (SEQ ID NO: 63)
    ACGCAGAAAGCGTCTAGCCAT
    Reverse primer:
    (SEQ ID NO: 64)
    TACTCACCGGTTCCGCAGA
    Probe:
    (SEQ ID NO: 65)
    [6-FAM]-CCTGGAGGCTGCACGACACTCAT-[TAMRA]
  • The ET cell line was grown in Dulbecco's modified essential media (DMEM), 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS), 1% penicillin-streptomycin (pen-strep), 1% glutamine, 250 μg/mL G418 in a 5% CO2 incubator at 37° C. All cell culture reagents were obtained from Mediatech (Manassas, Va.). Cells were trypsinized (1% trypsin:EDTA) and plated out at 5×103 cells/well in white 96-well assay plates (Costar) dedicated to cell number (cytotoxicity) or antiviral activity assessments. Drugs were added at six 3-fold concentrations each and the assay was run in DMEM, 5% FBS, 1% pen-strep, 1% glutamine. Human interferon alpha-2b (PBL Biolabs, New Brunswick, N.J.) was included in each run as a positive control compound. Cells were processed 72 hr post drug addition when the cells are still subconfluent. Antiviral activity was measured by analyzing replicon-derived luciferase activity using the Steady-Glo Luciferase Assay System (Promega, Madison, Wis.) according to manufacturer's instruction. The number of cells in each well was determined by CytoTox-1 reagent (Promega). Compound profile was derived by calculating applicable EC50 (effective concentration inhibiting virus replication by 50%), EC90 (effective concentration inhibiting virus replication by 90%), IC50 (concentration decreasing cell viability by 50%) and SI50 (selective index: EC50/IC50) values. IC50 values for selected compounds are set forth in Table 5, below.
    • Method B: HCV Protease Assay Using FRET Methodology
  • A quantitative, fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET)-based methodology was employed to identify HCV NS3/4A protease inhibitors. The assay employed a synthetic FRET peptide, derived from the HCV NS5A/5B cleavage site, with the HCV protease to evaluate the activity of compounds against the protease by monitoring the cleavage activity of the complex. A synthetic peptide which encompasses the NS5A-5B junction (NH2-EDVVCCSMSYK-COOH) was labeled with Dabcyl and Edans at N- and C-termini, respectively (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.). Fluorescence measurement was used to estimate the IC50 value of the test compound. The two fluorophores form a quenching pair and exhibit FRET within the intact peptide. Upon cleavage of the FRET peptide by HCV NS3/4A proteinase complex (100 ng/mL), the fluorescence is recovered and can be continuously monitored at excitation/emission=340/490 nm.
    • Example 15 HCV Protease FRET Assay for Wild Type and Mutated NS3/4A 1b Enzymes (IC50)
  • The following protocol was used to generate IC50 values as depicted for compound 239 in Table 4, above. The protocol is a modified FRET-based assay (v—02) from In Vitro Resistance Studies of HCV Serine Protease Inhibitors, 2004, JBC, vol. 279, No. 17, pp 17508-17514. Inherent potency of compounds was assessed against A156S, A156T, D168A, and D168V mutants of the HCV NS3/4A 1b protease enzyme as follows:
  • 10× stocks of NS3/4A protease enzyme from Bioenza (Mountain View, Calif.) and 1.13× 5-FAM/QXL™ 520 FRET peptide substrate from Anaspec (San Jose, Calif.) were prepared in 50 mM HEPES, pH 7.8, 100 mM NaCl, 5 mM DTT and 20% glycerol. 5 μL of each enzyme were pre-incubated in a Corning (#3573) 384-well, black, non-treated microtiter plate (Corning, N.Y.) for 30 min at 25° C. with a 0.5 μL volume of 50% DMSO and serially diluted compounds prepared in 50% DMSO. Protease reactions were started with the addition of 45 μL of the FRET substrate and monitored for 120 minutes at λex487/λem514 through Quad4 monochromoters in a Synergy4 plate reader from BioTek (Winooski, Vt.). At the conclusion of each assay, progress curves from each well were examined for linear reaction kinetics and fit statistics (R2, absolute sum of squares). Initial velocity (0 minutes to 30+ minutes) from each reaction was determined from the slope of a plot of relative fluorescence units vs time (minutes) and then plotted against inhibitor concentration to estimate IC50 from log[Inhibitor] vs Response, Variable Slope model in GraphPad Prism from GraphPad Software (San Diego, Calif.). IC50 values for selected compounds are set forth in Table 5, below.
  • Table 5 shows the activity of selected compounds of this invention in the FRET Assay. The compound numbers correspond to the compound numbers in Table 3. Compounds having an activity designated as “A” provided an IC50≦10 nM; compounds having an activity designated as “B” provided an IC50 10-100 nM; compounds having an activity designated as “C” provided an IC50 of 100-1000 nM; compounds having an activity designated as “D” provided an IC50 of 1000-10,000 nM; and compounds having an activity designated as “E” provided an IC50≧10,000 nM.
  • TABLE 5
    Enzymatic Data for Exemplary Compounds (IC50)
    Compound tested Enzyme/Assay Inhibition
    (I-1) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV A156T A
    HCV D168A A
    HCV D168V A
    (I-6) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV A156T A
    HCV D168A B
    HCV D168V B
    (I-7) WT B
    D168A D
    (I-11) WT A
    D168A B
    • Example 16 HCV Protease FRET Assay for WT and Mutated NS3/4A 1b Enzymes (IC50 — APP)
  • The following protocol was used to generate “apparent” IC50 (IC50 APP) values as depicted in Table 6, below. Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, it is believed that IC50 APP, contrasted with IC50 values, may provide a more useful indication of time-dependent inhibition, and are thus more representative of binding affinity. The protocol is a modified FRET-based assay (v—03) developed to evaluate compound potency, rank-order and resistance profiles against wild type and C159S, A156S, A156T, D168A, D168V, R155K mutants of the HCV NS3/4A 1b protease enzyme as follows: 10× stocks of NS3/4A protease enzyme from Bioenza (Mountain View, Calif.) and 1.13×5-FAM/QXL™ 520 FRET peptide substrate from Anaspec (San Jose, Calif.) were prepared in 50 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.5, 5 mM DTT, 2% CHAPS and 20% glycerol. 5 μL of each enzyme were added to Corning (#3575) 384-well, black, microtiter plates (Corning, N.Y.) after spotting a 0.5 μL volume of 50% DMSO and serially diluted compounds prepared in 50% DMSO. Protease reactions were immediately started after enzyme addition with the addition of 45 μL of the FRET substrate and monitored for 60-90 minutes at λex485/λem520 in a Synergy4 plate reader from BioTek (Winooski, Vt.). At the conclusion of each assay, progress curves from each well were examined for linear reaction kinetics and fit statistics (R2, 95% confidence intervals, absolute sum of squares). Initial velocity (0 minutes to 15+ minutes) from each reaction was determined from the slope of a plot of relative fluorescence units vs time (minutes) and then plotted against inhibitor concentration as a percent of the no inhibitor and no enzyme controls to estimate apparent IC50 from log[Inhibitor] vs Response, Variable Slope model in GraphPad Prism from GraphPad Software (San Diego, Calif.).
  • Table 6 shows the activity of selected compounds of this invention in the FRET Assay. The compound numbers correspond to the compound numbers in Table 3. Compounds having an activity designated as “A” provided an IC50≦10 nM; compounds having an activity designated as “B” provided an IC50>10 nM and ≦100 nM; compounds having an activity designated as “C” provided an IC50>100 nM and ≦1000 nM; compounds having an activity designated as “D” provided an IC50>1000 nM and <10,000 nM; and compounds having an activity designated as “E” provided an IC50≧10,000 nM.
  • TABLE 6
    Enzymatic Data for Exemplary Compounds
    Compound tested Enzyme/Assay Inhibition
    (I-1) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV A156T B
    HCV D168A C
    HCV D168V B
    Replicon 2 B
    Replicon 2 B1
    (I-2) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV A156T A
    HCV D168A A
    HCV D168V A
    Replicon 2 B
    Replicon 2 C 1
    (I-5) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV A156T B
    HCV D168A C
    HCV D168V B
    Replicon 2 B
    Replicon 2 C 1
    (I-6) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV A156T A
    HCV D168A C
    HCV D168V C
    Replicon 2 C
    Replicon 2 D 1
    (I-7) WT C
    HCV A156S C
    HCV A156T C
    HCV D168A D
    HCV D168V D
    (I-8) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV A156T A
    HCV D168A A
    HCV D168V B
    (I-9) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV A156T A
    HCV D168A B
    HCV D168V C
    (I-10) WT C
    HCV A156S C
    HCV A156T D
    HCV D168A D
    HCV D168V D
    (I-11) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV A156T A
    HCV D168A B
    HCV D168V B
    HCV R155K B
    Replicon 2 A
    Replicon 2 B 1
    (I-13) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV A156T A
    HCV D168A C
    HCV D168V B
    Replicon 2 B
    Replicon 2 C 1
    (I-19) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV A156T A
    HCV D168A B
    HCV D168V B
    (I-20) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV A156T A
    HCV D168A B
    HCV D168V B
    Replicon 2 B
    Replicon 2 C 1
    (I-22) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV A156T B
    HCV D168A C
    HCV D168V C
    HCV R155K B
    Replicon 2 B
    Replicon 2 B 1
    (I-23) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV A156T A
    HCV D168A A
    HCV D168V B
    Replicon 2 B
    Replicon 2 C 1
    (I-24) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV A156T A
    HCV D168A A
    HCV D168V A
    Replicon 2 B
    Replicon 2 C 1
    (I-25) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV A156T B
    HCV D168A C
    HCV D168V C
    HCV R155K B
    Replicon 2 A
    Replicon 2 B 1
    (I-26) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV A156T A
    HCV D168A A
    HCV D168V A
    (I-27) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV A156T A
    HCV D168A A
    HCV D168V A
    Replicon 2 B
    Replicon 2 C 1
    (I-29) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV D168A A
    HCV R155K A
    Replicon B 3
    (I-32) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV D168A B
    HCV R155K B
    HCV C159S A
    HCV D168V B
    HCV A156T A
    Replicon A 3
    (I-33) WT A
    HCV A156S B
    HCV D168A D
    HCV R155K C
    (I-35) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV D168A B
    HCV R155K B
    Replicon C 3
    Replicon C 4
    (I-36) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV D168A A
    HCV R155K A
    Replicon C 3
    Replicon C 4
    (I-37) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV D168A B
    HCV R155K B
    Replicon C 3
    Replicon D 4
    (I-39) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV D168A C
    HCV R155K B
    (I-40) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV D168A B
    HCV R155K A
    (I-42) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV D168A B
    HCV R155K B
    (I-44) WT A
    HCV A156S B
    HCV D168A D
    HCV R155K D
    (I-45) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV D168A A
    HCV R155K A
    Replicon B 3
    Replicon C 4
    (I-46) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV D168A B
    HCV R155K A
    Replicon D 3
    Replicon D 4
    (I-47) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV D168A B
    HCV R155K B
    Replicon B 3
    Replicon C 4
    (I-48) WT B
    HCV A156S B
    HCV D168A C
    HCV R155K C
    (I-49) WT C
    HCV A156S C
    HCV D168A D
    HCV R155K D
    Replicon D 3
    Replicon D 4
    (I-50) WT B
    HCV A156S C
    HCV D168A D
    HCV R155K D
    Replicon D 3
    Replicon D 4
    (I-51) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV D168A B
    HCV R155K B
    Replicon C 3
    Replicon D 4
    (I-52) WT B
    HCV D168A D
    Replicon D 3
    Replicon D 4
    (I-53) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV D168A A
    HCV R155K A
    Replicon B 3
    Replicon C 4
    (I-54) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV D168A B
    HCV R155K B
    Replicon C 3
    Replicon E 4
    (I-55) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV A156T A
    HCV D168A B
    HCV D168V C
    HCV R155K B
    Replicon A 3
    (I-56) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV D168A C
    HCV D168V D
    HCV R155K C
    Replicon A 3
    (I-60) WT A
    HCV A156S B
    HCV D168V C
    HCV R155K C
    (I-65) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV D168A C
    HCV R155K B
    (I-66) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV D168A A
    HCV R155K A
    (I-67) WT A
    HCV A156S B
    HCV D168A C
    HCV R155K C
    (I-68) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV D168A A
    HCV R155K A
    Replicon C 3
    (I-69) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV D168A B
    HCV R155K A
    Replicon C 3
    (I-70) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV D168A C
    HCV R155K C
    (I-71) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV D168A C
    HCV R155K C
    Replicon A 3
    (I-72) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV D168A C
    HCV R155K B
    (I-79) WT A
    HCV A156S A
    HCV D168A B
    HCV R155K A
    Replicon A3
    1 Designates IC90 value (nM).
    2 Data collected from assay described in Example 14.
    3 Designates EC50 value (nM). Data collected from assay described in Example 26.
    4 Designates EC90 value (nM). Data collected from assay described in Example 26.
    • Example 17
  • Mass spectrometric analysis of HCV wild type or HCV variant C159S in the presence of test compound is performed. 100 pmols of HCV wild type (Bioenza CA) is incubated with test compound for 1 hr and 3 hrs at 10-fold access of test compound to protein. 1 ul aliquots of the samples (total volume of 4.24 ul) are diluted with 10 ul of 0.1% TFA prior to micro C4 ZipTipping directly onto the MALDI target using Sinapinic acid as the desorption matrix (10 mg/mL in 0.1% TFA:Acetonitrile 50:50). Analyses are performed on a Shimadzu Biotech Axima TOF2 (Shimadzu Instruments) matrix-assisted-laser desorption/ionization Time-of-Flight (MALDI-TOF) mass spectrometer. The same procedure is carried out on 100 pmols of HCV C159S mutant of HCV protease for 3 hrs at 10-fold excess of test compound to protein.
    • Example 18 Modification of Cys159 of Wild-Type HCV Protease Using a Tryptic Digest Strategy
  • HCV is incubated with test compound for 3 hrs prior to tryptic digestion. Iodoacetamide is used as the alkylating agent after compound incubation. For tryptic digests a 2 ul aliquot (0.06 ug/ul) is diluted with 10 ul of 0.1% TFA prior to micro C18 Zip Tipping directly onto the MALDI target using alpha cyano-4-hydroxy cinnamic acid as the matrix (5 mg/mL in 0.1% TFA:Acetonitrile 50:50).
  • For tryptic digests the instrument is set in Reflectron mode with a pulsed extraction setting of 1800. Calibration is done using the Laser Biolabs Pep Mix standard (1046.54, 1296.69, 1672.92, 2093.09, 2465.20). For CID/PSD analysis the peptide is selected using cursors to set ion gate timing and fragmentation occurred at a laser power about 20% higher and He is used as the collision gas for CID. Calibration for fragments is done using the P14R fragmentation calibration for the Curved field Reflectron.
    • Example 19
  • As depicted in FIGS. 1 and 2, mass spectrometric analysis of HCV wild type in the presence of test compounds I-1 and I-25 was performed using the following protocol: HCV NS3/4A wild type (wt) was incubated for 1 hr at a 10× fold access of test compound to protein. 2 ul aliquots of the samples were diluted with 10 ul of 0.1% TFA prior to micro C4 ZipTipping directly onto the MALDI target using Sinapinic acid as the desorption matrix (10 mg/ml in 0.1% TFA:Acetonitrile 50:50). For intact protein mass measurement the instrument was set in linear mode using a pulsed extraction setting of 24,500 and apomyoglobin as the standard to calibrate the instrument.
  • As depicted in FIG. 1, compared to the protein with no compound, the protein incubated with compound I-1 has reacted significantly to produce a new species at MW 25,218 Da, which is approximately 751 Da heavier and consistent with the mass of compound I-1 at 747 Da.
  • As depicted in FIG. 2, after 1 hour reaction time there was conversion to a new peak at MH+ of 25,240 Da which is 773 Da heavier and consistent with the mass of compound I-25.
  • Compounds I-2, I-5, I-6, I-8, I-9, I-10, I-13, I-19, I-20, I-22, I-23, I-24, I-26, and I-27 were tested in a similar fashion, using the methods described in Example 17, and measurable covalent modification of HCV NS3/4A wild type was observed.
    • Example 20
  • As depicted in FIGS. 4, 5, 6, and 7, mass spectrometric analysis of HCV mutants in the presence of compound I-11 was performed. HCV Mutants (A156S), (R155K), (D168A), (A156T), and (D168V) were incubated for 3 hrs at a 10× fold access of test compound to protein. 2 ul aliquots of the samples were diluted with 10 ul of 0.1% TFA prior to micro C4 ZipTipping directly onto the MALDI target using Sinapinic acid as the desorption matrix (10 mg/ml in 0.1% TFA:Acetonitrile 50:50). For intact protein mass measurement the instrument was set in linear mode using a pulsed extraction setting of 24,500 and apomyoglobin as the standard to calibrate the instrument.
  • As depicted in FIG. 4, for the HCV (D168V) mutant there is complete conversion after 3 hours reaction time. The mass difference between the new species and the unreacted mutant is consistent with the mass of compound I-11.
  • As depicted in FIG. 5, for the HCV (A156S) mutant there is complete conversion after 3 hours reaction time. The mass difference between the new species and the unreacted mutant is consistent with the mass of compound I-11.
  • As depicted in FIG. 6, for the HCV (R155K) mutant there is good conversion after 3 hours reaction time. The mass difference between the new species and the unreacted mutant is consistent with the mass of compound I-11.
  • As depicted in FIG. 7, for the HCV (A156T) mutant there is complete conversion after 3 hours reaction time. The mass difference between the new species and the unreacted mutant is consistent with the mass of compound I-11.
  • Compounds I-19 and I-24 were tested in a similar fashion using the methods described in Example 18, and measurable covalent modification of HCV NS3/4A D168A was observed.
    • Example 21 Cell Culture
  • Huh-luc/neo-ET, Huh7-Lunet were obtained from ReBLikon Gmbh (Heidelberg, Germany). Cells were grown in Dulbecco modified Eagle medium (DMEM; Invitrogen) supplemented with 2 mM L-glutamine, nonessential amino acids, 100 U of penicillin/ml, 100 μg of streptomycin/mL, and 10% fetal bovine serum. G418 (Geneticin; Invitrogen) was added at a final concentration of 400 ug//mL. Huh7-Lunet were grown in the absence of G418.
    • Example 22 Mutant Constructs
  • Constructs containing clinically relevant mutations were generated by performing site-directed mutagenesis on the pFK-I389-luc-ubi-neo-NS3-3′ET plasmid (ReBLikon Gmbh (Heidelberg, Germany)). using the QuickChange II Site-Directed Mutagenesis Kit (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.) according to manufacturer's directions and with the primers described in Table 7, below.
  • TABLE 7
    Primer sequence used to establish Mutant Replicon cell lines.
    NS3-A156S-F GCTGTGGGCATCTTTCGGTCTGCCGTGTGC SEQ ID NO: 66
    ACCCGAGGG
    NS3-A156S-R CCCTCGGGTGCACACGGCAGACCGAAAGATGCCCAC SEQ ID NO: 67
    AGC
    NS3-A156T-F GCTGTGGGCATCTTTCGGACTGCCGTGTGCACCC SEQ ID NO: 68
    GAGGG
    NS3-A156T-R CCCTCGGGTGCACACGGCAGTCCGAAAGATGCCC SEQ ID NO: 69
    ACAGC
    NS3-D168A-F GGGGTTGCGAAGGCGGTGGCCTTTGTACCCGTCG SEQ ID NO: 70
    AGTCT
    NS3-D168A-R AGACTCGACGGGTACAAAGGCCACCGCCTTCGCA SEQ ID NO: 71
    ACCCC
    NS3-D168V-F GGGGTTGCGAAGGCGGTGGTCTTTGTACCCGTCG SEQ ID NO: 72
    AGTCT
    NS3-D168V-R AGACTCGACGGGTACAAAGACCACCGCCTTCGCAAC SEQ ID NO: 73
    CCC
    NS3-C159S-F ATCTTTCGGGCTGCCGTGAGCACCCGAGGGGTTG SEQ ID NO: 74
    CGAAG
    NS3-C159S-R CTTCGCAACCCCTCGGGTGCTCACGGCAGCCCGA SEQ ID NO: 75
    AAGAT
    NS3-R155K-F CACGCTGTGGGCATCTTTAAGGCTGCCGTGTGCACC SEQ ID NO: 76
    CGA
    NS3-R155K-R TCGGGTGCACACGGCAGCCTTAAAGATGCCCACA SEQ ID NO: 77
    GCGTG
    • Example 23 In Vitro Transcription
  • In vitro transcripts of HCV positive strands were generated by using the protocol described by Lohmann V et al., J. Virol., 77:3007-3019, 2003. For transcription of positive-strand HCV RNAs, plasmid DNA (pFK 1341 PI-Luc/NS3-3′/ET, obtained from ReBLikon Gmbh (Heidelberg, Germany)), was digested with AseI followed by Seal. After restriction digest, DNA was extracted with phenol and chloroform, precipitated with ethanol, and dissolved in RNase-free water. In vitro transcription reactions contained 80 mM HEPES (pH 7.5), 12 mM MgCl2, 2 mM spermidine, 40 mM dithiothreitol, a 3.125 mM concentration of each nucleoside triphosphate, 1 U of RNasin. 5 ug of restricted plasmid DNA and 80 U of T7 RNA polymerase (Promega) was used. After 2 h at 37° C., an additional 40 U of T7 polymerase was added, and the reaction was incubated for another 2 h. Transcription was terminated by the addition of 1 U of RNase-free DNase (Promega) per ug of plasmid DNA, followed by incubation for 30 min at 37° C. After extraction with acidic phenol and chloroform, RNA was precipitated with isopropanol and dissolved in RNase-free water. The concentration was determined by measurement of the optical density at 260 nm (OD260), and RNA integrity was checked by denaturing agarose gel electrophoresis.
    • Example 24 Transfection of HCV Full Length Genome and Selection of Stable Cell Lines
  • 7×104 Huh7-Lunet cells were seeded over night in a 12 well plate, the next day 1 ug of RNA/well was transfected using Mirus Tx (Madison, Wis.) kit. Transfection was performed according to manufacturer's instructions, and 24 hours after transfection cells were either subjected to Luciferase assay or subjected to G418 (400 ug/ml) selection in order to establish stable cell lines.
    • Example 25 Inhibition of Protease Self cleavage
  • Huh-7-Luc-Neo-ET cells were plated in Replicon Assay Medium (RPMI supplemented with 5% FBS, 1× non-essential amino acids and pen/strep) at a density of 1×105 cells/well in 12 well plates. Eight hours later the media was removed and replaced with 1 ml media containing test compound (5 wells per compound) and 0.02% DMSO and the cells were returned to the incubator overnight. Sixteen hours later 1 well from each compound and 1 untreated well were washed with PBS, then lysed and scraped into 30 ul of Cell Extraction Buffer (Biosource, Camarillo, Calif.) plus Complete Protease Inhibitor (Roche, Indianapolis, Ind.). The remaining wells were rinsed 2× with PBS then fed with Replicon Media and returned to the incubator. Cells were washed once every hour by removing the old media and replacing it with fresh media and were lysed and collected at 4, 12, 24, and 48 hours following the first collection.
  • Cell lysates were separated by SDS-Page (4-20%) and transferred to Immobilon-P PVDF membrane (Millipore Corporation, MA) and blotted with polyclonal anti NS3 antibody (Bioenza, CA). Blots were scanned on an Odyssey infrared scanner from Licor and the FL band and cleavage products were quantified separately using the Licor software provided with the scanner. The cleavage product was calculated as a percentage of the total NS3 in each sample and then normalized to the DMSO control so that the DMSO control reflects 100% activity.
    • Results and Discussion
  • When protease activity is inhibited, self-cleavage is abolished and the only protein species detectable is the holoenzyme. After 16 hours of continuous exposure of the replicon cells to NS3 inhibitor compound, the self-cleavage products were undetectable in the treated samples, but readily detectable in the not treated control replicon cells. Prolonged duration of action was demonstrated by exposing the replicon cells to a protease inhibitor for 16 hours, at which time the compound was removed, and the replicon cells were repeatedly washed for several more hours. Covalent irreversible NS3 inhibitors demonstrated sustained inhibition of NS3 internal self-cleavage activity for up to 48 hours, whereas the protease self-cleavage activity rapidly returned when using reversible compounds (FIG. 8).
  • FIG. 8 depicts that the NS3 internal self-cleavage products are inhibited by treatment of replicon cells with Compound I-47 for 16 hours.
  • FIGS. 9 and 9-A depict an irreversible covalent inhibitor (compound I-11) of NS3 protease demonstrate prolonged inhibition of NS3 protease activity in the wild-type replicon cells, as measured by self-cleavage, after the compounds are removed. The compound was incubated with replicon cells for 16 hours and then removed (time 0). Even up to 48 hours after removal of a covalent irreversible NS3 inhibitor, NS3 self-cleaving activity is inhibited by at least 50%, whereas a reversible drug, VX-950, shows virtually complete return of activity in as little as 4 hours after drug removal.
  • FIG. 10 depicts an irreversible covalent inhibitor (compound I-25) of NS3 protease demonstrate prolonged inhibition of NS3 protease activity in the wild-type replicon cells, as measured by self-cleavage, after the compounds are removed. The compound was incubated with replicon cells for 16 hours and then removed (time 0). Even up to 48 hours after removal of a covalent irreversible NS3 inhibitor, NS3 self-cleaving activity is inhibited by at least 40%, whereas a reversible drug, VX-950, shows virtually complete return of activity in as little as 8 hours after drug removal.
    • Example 26 Luciferase Assay
  • The compounds were assayed to evaluate the antiviral activity and cytotoxicity of compounds using replicon-derived luciferase activity. This assay used the cell line ET (luc-ubi-neo/ET), which is a human Huh7 hepatoma cell line that contains an HCV RNA replicon with a stable luciferase (Luc) reporter and cell culture-adaptive mutations. The ET cell line was grown in a 5% CO2 incubator at 37° C. in Dulbecco's modified essential media (DMEM) supplemented with 2 mM L-glutamine, nonessential amino acids, 100 U of penicillin/ml, 100 μg of streptomycin/mL, and 10% fetal bovine serum. G418 (Geneticin; Invitrogen) was added at a final concentration of 400 ug//mL.
  • All cell culture reagents were obtained from Invitrogen (Carlsbad). Cells were trypsinized (1% trypsin:EDTA) and plated out at 5×103 cells/well in white 96-well assay plates (Costar) dedicated to cell number (cytotoxicity) or antiviral activity assessments. Test compounds were added at six 3-fold concentrations each and the assay was run in DMEM, 5% FBS, 1% pen-strep, 1% glutamine, 1% non essential amino acid. Human interferon alpha-2b (PBL Biolabs, New Brunswick, N.J.) was included in each run as a positive control compound. Cells were processed 72 hr post test compound addition when the cells were still subconfluent. Antiviral activity was measured by analyzing replicon-derived luciferase activity using the Steady-Glo Luciferase Assay System (Promega, Madison, Wis.) according to manufacturer's instruction. The number of cells in each well was determined by Cell Titer Blue Assay (Promega). Compound profile was derived by calculating applicable EC50 (effective concentration inhibiting virus replication by 50%), EC90 (effective concentration inhibiting virus replication by 90%), IC50 (concentration decreasing cell viability by 50%) and SI50 (selective index: EC50/IC50) values.
  • While we have described a number of embodiments of this invention, it is apparent that our basic examples may be altered to provide other embodiments that utilize the compounds and methods of this invention. Therefore, it will be appreciated that the scope of this invention is to be defined by the appended claims rather than by the specific embodiments that have been represented by way of example.

Claims (19)

1-47. (canceled)
48. A conjugate of the formula: Cys159-linker-inhibitor moiety,
wherein:
the Cys159 is Cys159 of HCV protease;
the inhibitor moiety is a moiety that selectively binds HCV protease;
the linker is a bivalent group resulting from the reaction of Cys159 of HCV protease with a L-Y warhead group, wherein
L is a bivalent C2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one double bond and one or two methylene units of L are independently replaced by —NRC(O)—, —C(O)NR—, —N(R)SO2—, —SO2N(R)—, —S—, —S(O)—, —SO2—, —OC(O)—, —C(O)O—, cyclopropylene, —O—, —N(R)—, or —C(O)—;
Y is hydrogen, C1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN, or a 3-10 membered monocyclic or bicyclic, saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, and wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups; and
each Re is independently selected from -Q-Z, oxo, NO2, halogen, CN, a suitable leaving group selected from alkoxy, sulphonyloxy, optionally substituted alkylsulphonyloxy, optionally substituted alkenylsulfonyloxy, optionally substituted arylsulfonyloxy, acyl, diazonium, or C1-6 aliphatic substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN, wherein:
Q is a bivalent C1-6 unsaturated, straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain, wherein one or two methylene units of Q are optionally and independently replaced by —N(R)—, —S—, —O—, —C(O)—, —OC(O)—, —C(O)O—, —SO—, or —SO2—, —N(R)C(O)—, —C(O)N(R)—, —N(R)SO2—, or —SO2N(R)—; and
Z is hydrogen or C1-6 aliphatic substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN.
49. The conjugate according to claim 48, wherein:
L is a bivalent C2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one double bond and at least one methylene unit of L is replaced by —C(O)—, —NRC(O)—, —C(O)NR—, —N(R)SO2—, —SO2N(R)—, —S(O)—, —SO2—, —OC(O)—, or —C(O)O—, and one additional methylene unit of L is optionally replaced by —C(O)—; and
Y is hydrogen or C1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN.
50. The conjugate according to claim 48, wherein L is a bivalent C2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one double bond and at least one methylene unit of L is replaced by —C(O)—, and one additional methylene unit_of L is optionally replaced by cyclopropylene, —O—, —N(R)—, or —C(O)—.
51. The conjugate according to claim 49, wherein L is a bivalent C2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one double bond and at least one methylene unit of L is replaced by —OC(O)—.
52. The conjugate according to claim 48, wherein L is —NRC(O)CH═CH—, —NRC(O)CH═CHCH2N(CH3)—, —NRC(O)CH═CHCH2O—, —NRSO2CH═CH—, —NRSO2CH═CHCH2—, —NRC(O)C(═CH2)CH2—, or —CH2NRC(O)CH═CH—; wherein R is H or optionally substituted C1-6 aliphatic; and Y is hydrogen or C1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN.
53. The conjugate according to claim 52, wherein L is —NHC(O)CH═CH—, —NHC(O)CH═CHCH2N(CH3)—, —NHC(O)CH═CHCH2O—, —NHSO2CH═CH—, —NHSO2CH═CHCH2—, —NHC(O)C(═CH2)CH2—, or —CH2NHC(O)CH═CH—.
54. The conjugate according to claim 48, wherein L is a bivalent C2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one alkylidenyl double bond and at least one methylene unit of L is replaced by —C(O)—, —NRC(O)—, —C(O)NR—, —N(R)SO2—, —SO2N(R)—, —S—, —S(O)—, —SO2—, —OC(O)—, or —C(O)O—, and one additional methylene unit of L is optionally replaced by —C(O)—.
55. The conjugate according to claim 48, wherein -L-Y is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00543
Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00544
Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00545
56. A conjugate of the formula: Cys159-linker-inhibitor moiety, wherein:
the Cys159 is Cys159 of HCV protease;
the inhibitor moiety is a moiety that selectively binds HCV protease;
the linker is a bivalent group resulting from the reaction of Cys159 of HCV protease with a L-Y warhead group, wherein
L-Y is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00546
Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00547
57. A conjugate of the formula: Cys16-linker-inhibitor moiety, wherein:
the Cys16 is Cys16 of HCV protease;
the inhibitor moiety is a moiety that selectively binds HCV protease;
the linker is a bivalent group resulting from the reaction of Cys16 of HCV protease with a L-Y warhead group, wherein
L is a bivalent C2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one double bond and one or two methylene units of L are independently replaced by —NRC(O)—, —C(O)NR—, —N(R)SO2—, —SO2N(R)—, —S—, —S(O)—, —SO2—, —OC(O)—, —C(O)O—, cyclopropylene, —O—, —N(R)—, or —C(O)—;
Y is hydrogen, C1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN, or a 3-10 membered monocyclic or bicyclic, saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, and wherein said ring is substituted with 1-4 Re groups; and
each Re is independently selected from -Q-Z, oxo, NO2, halogen, CN, a suitable leaving group selected from alkoxy, sulphonyloxy, optionally substituted alkylsulphonyloxy, optionally substituted alkenylsulfonyloxy, optionally substituted arylsulfonyloxy, acyl, diazonium, or C1-6 aliphatic substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN, wherein:
Q is a bivalent C1-6 unsaturated, straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain, wherein one or two methylene units of Q are optionally and independently replaced by —N(R)—, —S—, —O—, —C(O)—, —OC(O)—, —C(O)O—, —SO—, or —SO2—, —N(R)C(O)—, —C(O)N(R)—, —N(R)SO2—, or —SO2N(R)—; and
Z is hydrogen or C1-6 aliphatic substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN.
58. The conjugate according to claim 57, wherein:
L is a bivalent C2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one double bond and at least one methylene unit of L is replaced by —C(O)—, —NRC(O)—, —C(O)NR—, —N(R)SO2—, —SO2N(R)—, —S(O)—, —SO2—, —OC(O)—, or —C(O)O—, and one additional methylene unit of L is optionally replaced by —C(O)—; and
Y is hydrogen or C1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN.
59. The conjugate according to claim 57, wherein L is a bivalent C2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one double bond and at least one methylene unit of L is replaced by —C(O)—, and one additional methylene unit_of L is optionally replaced by cyclopropylene, —O—, —N(R)—, or —C(O)—.
60. The conjugate according to claim 58, wherein L is a bivalent C2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one double bond and at least one methylene unit of L is replaced by —OC(O)—.
61. The conjugate according to claim 57, wherein L is —NRC(O)CH═CH—, —NRC(O)CH═CHCH2N(CH3)—, —NRC(O)CH═CHCH2O—, —NRSO2CH═CH—, —NRSO2CH═CHCH2—, —NRC(O)C(═CH2)CH2—, or —CH2NRC(O)CH═CH—; wherein R is H or optionally substituted C1-6 aliphatic; and Y is hydrogen or C1-6 aliphatic optionally substituted with oxo, halogen, NO2, or CN.
62. The conjugate according to claim 61, wherein L is —NHC(O)CH═CH—, —NHC(O)CH═CHCH2N(CH3)—, —NHC(O)CH═CHCH2O—, —NHSO2CH═CH—, —NHSO2CH═CHCH2—, —NHC(O)C(═CH2)CH2—, or —CH2NHC(O)CH═CH—.
63. The conjugate according to claim 57, wherein L is a bivalent C2-8 straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain wherein L has at least one alkylidenyl double bond and at least one methylene unit of L is replaced by —C(O)—, —NRC(O)—, —C(O)NR—, —N(R)SO2—, —SO2N(R)—, —S—, —S(O)—, —SO2—, —OC(O)—, or —C(O)O—, and one additional methylene unit of L is optionally replaced by —C(O)—.
64. The conjugate according to claim 57, wherein -L-Y is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00548
Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00549
Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00550
65. A conjugate of the formula: Cys16-linker-inhibitor moiety, wherein:
the Cys16 is Cys16 of HCV protease;
the inhibitor moiety is a moiety that selectively binds HCV protease;
the linker is a bivalent group resulting from the reaction of Cys16 of HCV protease with a L-Y warhead group, wherein
L-Y is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00551
Figure US20150031106A1-20150129-C00552
US14/293,444 2007-12-21 2014-06-02 Hcv protease inhibitors and uses thereof Abandoned US20150031106A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US14/293,444 US20150031106A1 (en) 2007-12-21 2014-06-02 Hcv protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US15/202,501 US20170137463A1 (en) 2007-12-21 2016-07-05 Hcv protease inhibitors and uses thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US1611007P 2007-12-21 2007-12-21
US1647307P 2007-12-23 2007-12-23
US7500108P 2008-06-23 2008-06-23
US9867508P 2008-09-19 2008-09-19
US12/339,770 US8778877B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2008-12-19 HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US12/497,122 US8293705B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2009-07-02 HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US13/620,573 US8741837B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2012-09-14 HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US14/293,444 US20150031106A1 (en) 2007-12-21 2014-06-02 Hcv protease inhibitors and uses thereof

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/620,573 Division US8741837B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2012-09-14 HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/202,501 Division US20170137463A1 (en) 2007-12-21 2016-07-05 Hcv protease inhibitors and uses thereof

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20150031106A1 true US20150031106A1 (en) 2015-01-29

Family

ID=43411413

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/497,122 Expired - Fee Related US8293705B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2009-07-02 HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US13/620,573 Expired - Fee Related US8741837B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2012-09-14 HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US14/293,444 Abandoned US20150031106A1 (en) 2007-12-21 2014-06-02 Hcv protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US15/202,501 Abandoned US20170137463A1 (en) 2007-12-21 2016-07-05 Hcv protease inhibitors and uses thereof

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/497,122 Expired - Fee Related US8293705B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2009-07-02 HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US13/620,573 Expired - Fee Related US8741837B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2012-09-14 HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/202,501 Abandoned US20170137463A1 (en) 2007-12-21 2016-07-05 Hcv protease inhibitors and uses thereof

Country Status (2)

Country Link
US (4) US8293705B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2011002808A1 (en)

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9163061B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2015-10-20 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US9422333B2 (en) 2008-08-15 2016-08-23 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US9556426B2 (en) 2009-09-16 2017-01-31 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Protein kinase conjugates and inhibitors
US9676785B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2017-06-13 Celgene Car Llc HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US9694086B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2017-07-04 Celgene Car Llc HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US20180138285A1 (en) * 2016-11-17 2018-05-17 Globalfoundries Inc. Methods of forming integrated circuit structure with silicide reigon
US20180258550A1 (en) * 2017-03-13 2018-09-13 Epileds Technologies, Inc. Growth Method of Aluminum Nitride
US11542492B2 (en) 2009-12-30 2023-01-03 Celgene Car Llc Ligand-directed covalent modification of protein

Families Citing this family (31)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AU2007269567B2 (en) * 2006-07-07 2012-11-08 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Antiviral phosphinate compounds
US8293705B2 (en) * 2007-12-21 2012-10-23 Avila Therapeutics, Inc. HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
CN102105150B (en) 2008-05-21 2014-03-12 阿里亚德医药股份有限公司 Phosphorus derivatives as kinase inhibitors
US9273077B2 (en) 2008-05-21 2016-03-01 Ariad Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phosphorus derivatives as kinase inhibitors
UY32099A (en) 2008-09-11 2010-04-30 Enanta Pharm Inc HEPATITIS C SERINA PROTEASAS MACROCYCLIC INHIBITORS
US8603737B2 (en) * 2008-09-19 2013-12-10 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Methods for identifying HCV protease inhibitors
US9765087B2 (en) * 2009-02-27 2017-09-19 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Benzimidazole derivatives
US8673954B2 (en) 2009-02-27 2014-03-18 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Benzimidazole derivatives
US10752611B2 (en) 2009-02-27 2020-08-25 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Benzimidazole derivatives
US8232246B2 (en) * 2009-06-30 2012-07-31 Abbott Laboratories Anti-viral compounds
AU2011323658A1 (en) 2010-11-01 2013-05-23 Genoscience Pharma Novel specific HCV NS3 protease inhibitors
KR20140003521A (en) 2010-12-30 2014-01-09 이난타 파마슈티칼스, 인코포레이티드 Phenanthridine macrocyclic hepatitis c serine protease inhibitors
MX2013007677A (en) 2010-12-30 2013-07-30 Abbvie Inc Macrocyclic hepatitis c serine protease inhibitors.
KR101884010B1 (en) 2011-05-04 2018-07-31 어리어드 파마슈티칼스, 인코포레이티드 Compounds for inhibiting cell proliferation in egfr-driven cancers
US8957203B2 (en) 2011-05-05 2015-02-17 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US10201584B1 (en) 2011-05-17 2019-02-12 Abbvie Inc. Compositions and methods for treating HCV
CA2858814A1 (en) * 2012-01-12 2013-07-18 Rfs Pharma, Llc Hcv ns3 protease inhibitors
US20150166591A1 (en) 2012-05-05 2015-06-18 Ariad Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for raf kinase mediated diseases
UA119315C2 (en) 2012-07-03 2019-06-10 Гіліад Фармассет Елелсі HEPATITIS VIRUS INHIBITORS C
HRP20161694T1 (en) 2012-10-19 2017-03-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 9-methyl substituted hexadecahydrocyclopropa(e)pyrrolo(1,2-a)(1,4)diazacyclopentadecinyl carbamate derivatives as non-structural 3 (ns3) protease inhibitors for the treatment of hepatitis c virus infections
EP2914598B1 (en) 2012-11-02 2017-10-18 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
US9643999B2 (en) 2012-11-02 2017-05-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
WO2014070964A1 (en) 2012-11-02 2014-05-08 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
US9409943B2 (en) 2012-11-05 2016-08-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9580463B2 (en) 2013-03-07 2017-02-28 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
ES2735355T3 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-12-18 Gilead Sciences Inc Hepatitis C virus macrocyclic and bicyclic inhibitors
US9611283B1 (en) 2013-04-10 2017-04-04 Ariad Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for inhibiting cell proliferation in ALK-driven cancers
WO2015103490A1 (en) 2014-01-03 2015-07-09 Abbvie, Inc. Solid antiviral dosage forms
KR102317167B1 (en) 2016-10-24 2021-10-27 스냅 인코포레이티드 Duplicate Tracking System
US10593116B2 (en) 2016-10-24 2020-03-17 Snap Inc. Augmented reality object manipulation
US12083099B2 (en) 2020-10-28 2024-09-10 Accencio LLC Methods of treating symptoms of coronavirus infection with viral protease inhibitors

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8293705B2 (en) * 2007-12-21 2012-10-23 Avila Therapeutics, Inc. HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US8524760B2 (en) * 2008-08-15 2013-09-03 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US8778877B2 (en) * 2007-12-21 2014-07-15 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof

Family Cites Families (92)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE69133617D1 (en) 1990-04-04 2009-07-23 Novartis Vaccines & Diagnostic Protease of hepatitis C virus
GB9623908D0 (en) 1996-11-18 1997-01-08 Hoffmann La Roche Amino acid derivatives
WO1999028482A2 (en) 1997-11-28 1999-06-10 Schering Corporation Single-chain recombinant complexes of hepatitis c virus ns3 protease and ns4a cofactor peptide
US7122627B2 (en) 1999-07-26 2006-10-17 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Lactam inhibitors of Hepatitis C virus NS3 protease
WO2001077091A2 (en) 2000-04-05 2001-10-18 Tularik Inc. Ns5b hcv polymerase inhibitors
BR0110104A (en) 2000-04-19 2003-01-07 Schering Corp Macroscopic hepatitis C virus ns-3 serine rotease inhibitors comprising portions of p2 alkyl and aryl alanine
AR029851A1 (en) 2000-07-21 2003-07-16 Dendreon Corp NEW PEPTIDES AS INHIBITORS OF NS3-SERINA PROTEASA DEL VIRUS DE HEPATITIS C
CN100391967C (en) 2000-11-20 2008-06-04 布里斯托尔-迈尔斯斯奎布公司 Hepatitis C tripeptide inhibitors
CA2448531A1 (en) 2001-05-21 2002-11-28 Louis A. Carpino Uronium and immonium salts for peptide coupling
US6867185B2 (en) 2001-12-20 2005-03-15 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Inhibitors of hepatitis C virus
TWI265927B (en) 2002-01-23 2006-11-11 Schering Corp Novel compounds as NS3-serine protease inhibitors of hepatitis C virus
US6642204B2 (en) 2002-02-01 2003-11-04 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis C inhibitor tri-peptides
US7091184B2 (en) 2002-02-01 2006-08-15 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis C inhibitor tri-peptides
US7273885B2 (en) 2002-04-11 2007-09-25 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Inhibitors of serine proteases, particularly HCV NS3-NS4A protease
WO2003091411A2 (en) 2002-04-25 2003-11-06 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Semisynthetic protein-based site-directed probes for identification and inhibition of active sites, and methods therefor
ATE481106T1 (en) 2002-05-20 2010-10-15 Bristol Myers Squibb Co HETEROCYCLIC SULFONAMIDE HEPATITIS C VIRUS INHIBITORS
WO2004043339A2 (en) 2002-05-20 2004-05-27 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Substituted cycloalkyl p1' hepatitis c virus inhibitors
US20060199773A1 (en) 2002-05-20 2006-09-07 Sausker Justin B Crystalline forms of (1R,2S)-N-[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-3-methyl-L-valyl-(4R)-4-[(6-methoxy-1-isoquinolinyl)oxy]-L-prolyl-1-amino-N-(cyclopropylsulfonyl)-2-ethenyl-cyclopropanecarboxamide, monopotassium salt
MY140680A (en) 2002-05-20 2010-01-15 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
DE60336550D1 (en) 2002-05-20 2011-05-12 Bristol Myers Squibb Co INHIBITORS OF HEPATITIS C VIRUS
AU2003253193B2 (en) 2002-07-30 2009-07-02 Morphosys Ag Novel tricistronic vectors and uses therefor
EP1408031A1 (en) 2002-10-09 2004-04-14 3 D Gene Pharma Pyrolidine derivatives useful in treatment of hepatitis C virus infection
WO2004041201A2 (en) 2002-11-01 2004-05-21 Viropharma Incorporated Benzofuran compounds, compositions and methods for treatment and prophylaxis of hepatitis c viral infections and associated diseases
US20040180815A1 (en) 2003-03-07 2004-09-16 Suanne Nakajima Pyridazinonyl macrocyclic hepatitis C serine protease inhibitors
WO2004101605A1 (en) 2003-03-05 2004-11-25 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis c inhibiting compounds
CA2516018C (en) 2003-03-05 2011-08-23 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis c inhibitor peptide analogs
AU2004230596A1 (en) 2003-04-07 2004-10-28 Praecis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of measuring the ability of a test compound to inactivate a biological target in cells of a subject
US7148347B2 (en) 2003-04-10 2006-12-12 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Process for preparing macrocyclic compounds
JP4733023B2 (en) 2003-04-16 2011-07-27 ブリストル−マイヤーズ スクイブ カンパニー Macrocyclic isoquinoline peptide inhibitor of hepatitis C virus
AU2004240704B9 (en) 2003-05-21 2009-10-22 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis C inhibitor compounds
US20050014136A1 (en) 2003-05-28 2005-01-20 Innogenetics N.V. Modified HCV NS5
US20050053617A1 (en) 2003-05-28 2005-03-10 Erik Depla Modified HCV NS3
US7273851B2 (en) 2003-06-05 2007-09-25 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tri-peptide hepatitis C serine protease inhibitors
EP1692157B1 (en) 2003-10-10 2013-04-17 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Inhibitors of serine proteases, particularly hcv ns3-ns4a protease
OA13315A (en) 2003-10-14 2007-04-13 Intermune Inc Macrocyclic carboxylic acids and acylsulfonamides as inhibitors of HCV replication.
US7491794B2 (en) * 2003-10-14 2009-02-17 Intermune, Inc. Macrocyclic compounds as inhibitors of viral replication
US7132504B2 (en) 2003-11-12 2006-11-07 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US7135462B2 (en) 2003-11-20 2006-11-14 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
JP2007532479A (en) 2003-11-20 2007-11-15 シェーリング　コーポレイション Depeptideization inhibitor of hepatitis C virus NS3 protease
US7309708B2 (en) 2003-11-20 2007-12-18 Birstol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
EA012389B1 (en) 2004-03-30 2009-10-30 Интермун, Инк. Macrocyclic compounds as inhibitors of viral replication
WO2005113581A1 (en) 2004-05-20 2005-12-01 Schering Corporation Substituted prolines as inhibitors of hepatitis c virus ns3 serine protease
US7514557B2 (en) 2004-05-25 2009-04-07 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Process for preparing acyclic HCV protease inhibitors
WO2006000085A1 (en) 2004-06-28 2006-01-05 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis c inhibitor peptide analogs
CA2571984C (en) 2004-07-16 2012-04-10 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Antiviral compounds
UY29016A1 (en) 2004-07-20 2006-02-24 Boehringer Ingelheim Int ANALOGS OF INHIBITING DIPEPTIDES OF HEPATITIS C
JP4914355B2 (en) 2004-07-20 2012-04-11 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Hepatitis C inhibitor peptide analog
MX2007002371A (en) 2004-08-27 2007-04-23 Schering Corp Acylsulfonamide compounds as inhibitors of hepatitis c virus ns3 serine protease.
US7189844B2 (en) 2004-09-17 2007-03-13 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Ring-closing metathesis process in supercritical fluid
US7402568B2 (en) * 2004-09-29 2008-07-22 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bicyclic 9a-azalide derivatives
US7323447B2 (en) 2005-02-08 2008-01-29 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
NZ562167A (en) 2005-03-08 2011-01-28 Boehringer Ingelheim Int Process for preparing macrocyclic compounds
AU2006235438A1 (en) 2005-04-11 2006-10-19 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions for and methods of inhibiting HCV replication
US7879797B2 (en) 2005-05-02 2011-02-01 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. HCV NS3 protease inhibitors
US7592336B2 (en) 2005-05-10 2009-09-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
NZ563361A (en) 2005-06-02 2011-02-25 Schering Corp HCV protease inhibitors in combination with food
AU2006252623A1 (en) 2005-06-02 2006-12-07 Schering Corporation Controlled-release formulation useful for treating disorders associated with hepatitis C virus
WO2006130626A2 (en) 2005-06-02 2006-12-07 Schering Corporation Method for modulating activity of hcv protease through use of a novel hcv protease inhibitor to reduce duration of treatment period
WO2006130553A2 (en) 2005-06-02 2006-12-07 Schering Corporation Hcv protease inhibitors
US20060276404A1 (en) 2005-06-02 2006-12-07 Anima Ghosal Medicaments and methods combining a HCV protease inhibitor and an AKR competitor
US20070237818A1 (en) 2005-06-02 2007-10-11 Malcolm Bruce A Controlled-release formulation of HCV protease inhibitor and methods using the same
US20060287248A1 (en) 2005-06-02 2006-12-21 Schering Corporation Asymmetric dosing methods
WO2006130627A2 (en) 2005-06-02 2006-12-07 Schering Corporation Methods for treating hepatitis c
US20060276407A1 (en) 2005-06-02 2006-12-07 Schering Corporation Methods of treating hepatitis C virus
US20070021351A1 (en) 2005-06-02 2007-01-25 Schering Corporation Liver/plasma concentration ratio for dosing hepatitis C virus protease inhibitor
EP1919478B1 (en) 2005-06-02 2016-03-23 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Combination of hcv protease inhibitors with a surfactant
US20060276406A1 (en) 2005-06-02 2006-12-07 Schering Corporation Methods of treating hepatitis C virus
US7608592B2 (en) 2005-06-30 2009-10-27 Virobay, Inc. HCV inhibitors
US7601686B2 (en) 2005-07-11 2009-10-13 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
TWI389908B (en) 2005-07-14 2013-03-21 Gilead Sciences Inc Antiviral compounds
US20080200497A1 (en) 2005-07-20 2008-08-21 Bailey Murray D Hepatitis C Inhibitor Peptide Analogs
US7470664B2 (en) 2005-07-20 2008-12-30 Merck & Co., Inc. HCV NS3 protease inhibitors
BRPI0613962A2 (en) 2005-07-25 2009-03-24 Intermune Inc innovative macrocyclic hepatitis c virus replication inhibitors
AU2006275605B2 (en) 2005-08-01 2011-01-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Macrocyclic peptides as HCV NS3 protease inhibitors
US7772183B2 (en) 2005-10-12 2010-08-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US7741281B2 (en) 2005-11-03 2010-06-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US20090304631A1 (en) 2006-01-27 2009-12-10 David Alan Campbell Hepatitis c serine protease inhibitors and uses therefor
EP1981523A2 (en) 2006-02-09 2008-10-22 Schering Corporation Novel hcv inhibitor combinations and methods
GB0609492D0 (en) 2006-05-15 2006-06-21 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Therapeutic agents
US7635683B2 (en) * 2006-08-04 2009-12-22 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Quinoxalinyl tripeptide hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US7662779B2 (en) * 2006-08-11 2010-02-16 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Triazolyl macrocyclic hepatitis C serine protease inhibitors
US7687459B2 (en) * 2006-08-11 2010-03-30 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Arylalkoxyl hepatitis C virus protease inhibitors
US7582605B2 (en) * 2006-08-11 2009-09-01 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phosphorus-containing hepatitis C serine protease inhibitors
US7605126B2 (en) * 2006-08-11 2009-10-20 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Acylaminoheteroaryl hepatitis C virus protease inhibitors
US20100099695A1 (en) 2006-10-27 2010-04-22 Liverton Nigel J HCV NS3 Protease Inhibitors
US7772180B2 (en) 2006-11-09 2010-08-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
EP2481807A3 (en) 2007-03-09 2013-04-03 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. In vivo HCV resistance to anti-viral inhibitors
CN101868452B (en) 2007-10-10 2014-08-06 诺华股份有限公司 Spirocyclic pyrrolidines and their application against HCV and HIV infection
JP2011506329A (en) * 2007-12-05 2011-03-03 エナンタ ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Quinoxalinyl derivatives
US8309685B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2012-11-13 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
BRPI0821559A2 (en) 2007-12-21 2015-06-16 Avila Therapeutics Inc Frozen Confectionery
US8603737B2 (en) 2008-09-19 2013-12-10 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Methods for identifying HCV protease inhibitors

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8293705B2 (en) * 2007-12-21 2012-10-23 Avila Therapeutics, Inc. HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US8741837B2 (en) * 2007-12-21 2014-06-03 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US8778877B2 (en) * 2007-12-21 2014-07-15 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US8524760B2 (en) * 2008-08-15 2013-09-03 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9163061B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2015-10-20 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US9676785B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2017-06-13 Celgene Car Llc HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US9694086B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2017-07-04 Celgene Car Llc HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US9422333B2 (en) 2008-08-15 2016-08-23 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US9556426B2 (en) 2009-09-16 2017-01-31 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Protein kinase conjugates and inhibitors
US10662195B2 (en) 2009-09-16 2020-05-26 Celgene Car Llc Protein kinase conjugates and inhibitors
US11542492B2 (en) 2009-12-30 2023-01-03 Celgene Car Llc Ligand-directed covalent modification of protein
US20180138285A1 (en) * 2016-11-17 2018-05-17 Globalfoundries Inc. Methods of forming integrated circuit structure with silicide reigon
US20180258550A1 (en) * 2017-03-13 2018-09-13 Epileds Technologies, Inc. Growth Method of Aluminum Nitride

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US8741837B2 (en) 2014-06-03
WO2011002808A1 (en) 2011-01-06
US8293705B2 (en) 2012-10-23
US20130017991A1 (en) 2013-01-17
WO2011002808A8 (en) 2011-03-31
US20100041591A1 (en) 2010-02-18
US20170137463A1 (en) 2017-05-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8741837B2 (en) HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US9676785B2 (en) HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US9694086B2 (en) HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US9163061B2 (en) HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US8980935B2 (en) HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
AU2015224437B2 (en) HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
AU2015224469A1 (en) HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: AVILA THERAPEUTICS, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:NIU, DEQIANG;PETTER, RUSSELL C.;SINGH, JUSWINDER;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20090826 TO 20090901;REEL/FRAME:036271/0578

Owner name: CELGENE AVILOMICS RESEARCH, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: CHANGE OF NAME;ASSIGNOR:AVILA THERAPEUTICS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:036303/0439

Effective date: 20120613

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION